Manual
WorkCentre
5222
5225 / 5230
Tabloid
Black-and-white
Multifunction Printer
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Printed in the United States of America.
Service Documentation XEROX and all Xerox product names mentioned in this publication are trademarks of
XEROX CORPORATION. Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation
PANTONE is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc.
705P01212 Hardcopy 701P48348
Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typo-
Launch Version graphic errors will be corrected in subsequent editions.
If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer
releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or
indirectly for such service.
While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising
out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Changes are periodically made to this document.
Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographical errors will be corrected in subsequent edi-
tions.
Prepared by:
Xerox Corporation
USA
Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of copyrightable material and infor-
mation now allowed by statutory judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation,
material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such as
icons, screen displays, looks, etc.
Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures.
Repairs
Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following
special conditions:
When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.
When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the
Parts List.
When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.
When the part requires an adjustment after replacement.
When a special tool is required for removal or replacement.
Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cau-
tions, and notes.
Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the
correct operation of the system.
Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warn-
ings, cautions and notes.
It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It
will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The
An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component
associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or
CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condi-
tion, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
CAUTION Figure 2 Customer Access Label
A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment. This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to
avoid touching the hot surfaces.
NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance pro-
cedure, practice, condition, or statement.
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser Figure 3 Heated Surface Label
beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the
invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service pro- Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operat-
cedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative ing. Use caution when reaching in the machine.
must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the
machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do
not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by
itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation
and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is
warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.
WARNING Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could
result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye. These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would
be placed on TP33.
If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
the copier frame.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
IIT
ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate carriage Position Adjustment
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
A B C D E
Service Call Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
Initial Actions, Call Flow 1-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C D E
There is a problem with Receive transmission test. Perform Receive trans- Table 1 Other Faults
mission tests with other stations within the company. Check that there is Problem Corrective Action
no problem with the machine and then ask the customer to check the sta-
tus of the remote machine. ADF inoperative after PWB Reload Software ADJ 9.3.1.
replacement.
Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed with servicing. Can not make copies when Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Select Copy on screen.
Auditron is enabled. Machine will operate without auditron restriction.
Check the machine settings and if necessary, ask the customer for permission to test Loud snapping noise is heard. Enter Component Control [042-003] and press the Start
the machine in the mode in which the problem occurs. button. If noise is present there is binding in toner drive
Analyze the protocol trace when the problem reoccurs, for FAX problems go to GP 2 system. Repair as required (PL 4.2)
FAX Diagnostics, or go to Section 2 to proceed with servicing.
Sets are not offset in Center Tray. Perform Center Tray Offsetting.
E-mail icon not visible in display on Perform E-Mail Icon.
There is an image quality problem.
email enabled machine.
Y N
If there is an alignment problem, obtain separate Platen/DADF output samples, refer Customer wishes to distinguish Perform FAX Output Separation.
to Section 4 Adjustments and then proceed with servicing. FAX output from prints or copies.
Refer to Section 3 IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing.
Check the settings of that particular Client PC and if necessary ask the user to
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing.
If the problem persists, ask the user to reinstall the printer driver.
Check the machine settings and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver.
If the problem continues, replace the network cable. If the problem persists, replace the USB
cable. Check the machine settings and discuss the problem with the customer's network
administrator.
Procedure Thres-
Counter Name hold Service Action to be performed
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
955-808 Duplex Feed Counter 912K Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode).
Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll.
b. Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic
955-810 Platen Interlock 260K Replace the Platen Interlock Switch.
Mode).
Counter
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
955-829 Inverter Solenoid On 500K Replace the Inverter Solenoid.
3. Refer to Table 1 and enter a counter number for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI)
Counter
counters to be checked. Use the customer's output volume numbers to help determine
which HFSI components should be serviced. Consider components near threshold as
candidates for service.
4. Refer to Cleaning Procedures for detailed cleaning instructions.
Procedure Procedure
CAUTION 1. Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry
Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual. cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.
2. Check the supply of consumables. Ensure that an adequate supply of consumables is
available according to local operating procedures.
General Cleaning 3. Complete the Service Log.
4. Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the cus-
Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed tomer:
otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.
a. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper.
1. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads) b. Place the Color Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern reg-
istered to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy.
Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.
c. Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the ser-
2. Toner Dispense Units
vice log in the Inner Cover.
Vacuum the Toner Dispense units.
d. Ask the customer to verify the Print and Scan functions.
3. Jam Sensors
e. Present the copies to the customer.
Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.
5. Reconnect the machine to the customer network. Verify the function.
4. Scanner 6. Issue copy credits as needed.
a. Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off. 7. Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what
b. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass,
has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.
Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror.
c. Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover.
d. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
5. DADF
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film
Remover as required.
6. Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass
Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.
7. ROS Window
Remove and reinstall the ROS CLeaning Wand.
8. IBT Belt
Check the Transfer Belt System and wipe with a dry lint free cloth. If the surface is exces-
sively dirty, replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.2)
NOTE: Do not rub the IBT CLeaning Blade. If it is necessary to clean the blade, use a soft
brush or dry swab to remove any contamination. Rubbing the blade will remove the pro-
tective coating.
9. Finisher
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.
202 Timer
202-399 Internal Timer RAP ........................................................................................... 2-715
Other Faults
OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP....................................................................... 2-717
OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP ........................................................................................... 2-717
OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP............................................................................................. 2-719
OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP ...................................................................................... 2-719
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable.
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable.
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable.
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Change settings so that magnification is the same for both sides of the same document. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Booklet Creation.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on. Check if the document is comprised of blank sheets, or if the front and back of the documents
are correct. Repeat operation.
Procedure Procedure
The paper size in the tray selected by auto tray switching differs from the paper Reposition the Automatic Gradation Correction Chart.
size in the tray selected at the tray selection. Either change the paper size for
the tray, or change the paper type priority setting.
Procedure Procedure
Scan 400 dpi or lower. Scan at under 600 dpi.
Procedure Procedure
Scan at 300 dpi or lower. Scan at 400 dpi or lower.
Procedure Procedure
Scan at under 600 dpi. Power Off/On.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to set the document size manually. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Paper Size Settings.
Procedure Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Check the number of documents and repeat the operation.
Rotate 90 degrees
Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen
Procedure Procedure
Check the document size/orientation and repeat the operation. Enter the document size or select a tray with the same paper size as the document.
Procedure
1. Load tray with the paper of the size displayed on the Panel or select the tray in which the
paper requested is loaded.
2. If A4SEF document is detected as Letter document, cancel the job and then readjust
DADF document guide securely until they touches the edges of the documents. Re-run
the job.
Procedure Procedure
To designate appropriate Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job. appropriate posi- To designate the proper Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job.
tion and restart the job.
Procedure Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: This document cannot be copied; press Cancel / Continue button on panel.
Load the Documents
Document Feeder
Paper Supply
Original Size
Mixed Size Originals
Repeat Image
Internet Fax Profile
Scan Size
Emulation Settings
Original Size Defaults
2 Up On Receipt
Scan Size Defaults
Procedure Procedure
No action required. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
Load the Documents
Document Feeder
Paper Supply
Original Size
Mixed Size Originals
Repeat Image
Internet Fax Profile
Scan Size
Emulation Settings
Original Size Defaults
2 Up On Receipt
Scan Size Defaults
Procedure Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Ensure customer selects stapling only when documents are the same width.
Staple Position
Copy Output
Copy Output Screen
Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT/IPS PWB Harness.
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform
GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.6) with
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-55 005-121
A B
005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the Pre Feed operation started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Y N
Duplex or Simplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
time.
After the Pre Feed operation started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(CW)) in Duplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified (PL 15.3).
time.
Initial Actions Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-122 2-56 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
After pre-registration started (DADF Feed Motor On (CCW)), the Registration Sensor did not
turn On within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Check the wire between /J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between /J782 and J761 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-57 005-123
A B
005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
After the Pre Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the DADF Registration
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Initial Actions Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. rectly.
Procedure Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
Y N
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
circuit.
rectly.
Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or Y N
a short circuit.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-125 2-58 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the Registration Sensor turned On during Invert operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn
On within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-59 005-131
A B
005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the Read Speed Control operation started (Registration Motor On (CCW)), the Invert Sen-
sor did not turn On within the specified time.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-132 2-60 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the Registration Sensor turned Off on inverting at Invert, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off
within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-61 005-134
A B
005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the Invert operation started (Registration Motor On (CW)) at Invert, the DADF Pre Regis- Y N
tration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
heard.
works.
Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
rectly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
rectly.
short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J781 andJ761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-135 2-62 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned On at Invert, the DADF Registration Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time. Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Initial Actions Y N
Refer to BSD 5.4. Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Procedure rectly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
paper. The display changes.
Y N Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761 P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
rectly.
short circuit.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
a short circuit.
Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 andJ754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-63 005-136
A B
005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the Invert Sensor did not Y N
turn Off within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
heard.
works.
Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
rectly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
rectly.
short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-139 2-64 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off at Invert, the Registration Sensor did not Y N
turn Off within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. (PL 15.3).
Open the DADF Top Cover and remove the paper. Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Procedure Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
Y N
paper. The display changes.
Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
rectly.
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761. circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
a short circuit.
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.
Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-65 005-145
A
005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1. After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off in 1 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
2. After the DADF Registration Motor turned On in 2 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registra- between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
tion Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Y N
Initial Actions Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6.
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
works. heard.
Y N Y N
Install the Invert Gate correctly. Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
rectly.
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) Y N
with paper. The display changes. Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor- Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
rectly. 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
Y N short circuit.
Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
a short circuit. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-146 2-66 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
After the DADF Registration Motor turned On at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did
not turn Off within the specified time. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Initial Actions Y N
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
works.
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
Y N
heard.
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
rectly.
with paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Connect P/J781 and P/J761. 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-67 005-147
A B
005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
In Mixed Size Originals, it was detected that the Fast Scan Direction size was different from the
a short circuit.
width of the document guide. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Check the document guide and repeat the operation. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Front).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Rear). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Ensure customer refers to User Guide headings Document Feeder, Mixed Size Originals, and Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Margin Shift for correct operation.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-194 2-68 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
The second and subsequent documents are different size to the first document. Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-69 005-196
A B
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
A prohibited size combination was detected. Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-197 2-70 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan Direction. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Procedure Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Y N
Use a paper size within the specification.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-71 005-198
005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
The system detected a document with the following length in the Slow Scan Direction: rectly.
Y N
Simplex mode: 672.4mm or longer
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Duplex mode: 480.1mm or longer
Initial Actions Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
Refer to BSD 5.4.
a short circuit.
Procedure Y N
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Use a paper size within the specification. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N
Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Procedure Procedure
Switch off the power. Ensure the ROM is properly installed in the DADF PWB. Switch on the Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the P/Js on the DADF PWB. Switch on the
power. power.
If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7).
Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Execute Component Control[005-219]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The dis-
play changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-280, 005-284 2-74 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the DADF Nudger Motor started reverse rotation, the DADF Nudger Sensor did not turn
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9). On within the specified time.
Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N Initial Actions
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7). Refer to BSD 5.2.
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-220]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The dis-
play changes. Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-225]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The dis-
Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected cor-
rectly. play changes.
Y N
Y N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected cor-
Connect P/J779 and P/J785.
rectly.
Y N
Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
Y N
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
a short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11). Y N
Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-75 005-284, 005-285
A B
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N During document transport, before the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off, the DADF Pre Reg-
istration Sensor turned Off.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF Initial Actions
PWB (PL 15.3). Refer to BSD 5.4.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Execute Component Control [005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-285, 005-286 2-76 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed.
Y N
Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly.
Check installation of the DADF Interlock Switch. The DADF Interlock Switch is installed cor-
rectly.
Y N
Install the DADF Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[005-212 DADF Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Feeder
Cover. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J753, F1 and F2. P/J753, F1 and F2 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J753, F1 and F2.
Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wires between J753 and F1, and between
J753 and F2 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7) between J753-2 and J753-
1 (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting suc-
cessfully when the DADF Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when
the contact is opened.
Y N
Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205 DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out
Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.
Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206 DADF Pre Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Pre
Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
1. Power On 1. Power On
Procedure Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on
Out Sensor. Check the connections between the Out Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, Exit1 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit1 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK,
replace the Out Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). replace the Exit1 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).
Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7).
Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-219 DADF APS 2 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761.
Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9).
Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).
Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11).
Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).
With the document being set, Level Sensor does not turn On or Bottom Snr does not turn Off in Procedure
a specified time from start of Tray Lift Up.
Follow instructions on the UI Screen
Procedure
Removal of set document cancels the fault. If it occurs frequently, check the Level Sensor, Tray
Motor, Tray Drive Assembly, area for binding, damage, and/or debris. Check the connections
between the Level Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Level Sensor. If the problem
persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[005-225 DADF Nudger Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sen-
sor with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.
Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-89 005-941, 005-942
A
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The Rear Thermistor detected that the machine does not recover from Hot-Sagging in time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it.
Y N
Remove the paper.
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Execute Component Control[071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard.
Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The Control (Center) Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
The Rear Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
Procedure
NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to
NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0.
Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD
10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k Ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The
wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1
Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.
Remove the Fuser Unit. Check the conductivity of the contact points of the Thermostat. The
contact points are connected.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Main Lamp between J600-3 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Main Lamp is 100 ohms or lower.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp between J600-1 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Sub Lamp is 100 ohms or lower.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD
10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). There is no open circuit in the Center STS and the resistance is 3k
ohms or higher.
Check the wire between P/J214-14 and P/J408-1 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The wire between J214-14 and J408-1 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.
Procedure
Turn on the power.
Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag
1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit
(BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser
Fan conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Y N
Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short
circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few
ohms.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec.
Y N
Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec.
Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Y N
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport
path is in normal condition.
Y N
Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust.
Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly
connected to the IOT.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher properly.
Enter Component Control [012-140]. Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The display
changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The wires between
J8709 and J8729 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-99 012-132 (A-Finisher)
A
012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
BSD-ON:12.3
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Com-
The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after it has turned On.
pile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N
Initial Actions Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5).
Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that
the actuator is not binding. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Power Off/On. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed, broken part, and/or belt dam- Enter [012-013]. When the Sub Paddle Solenoid is turned On/Off, the Sub Paddle Shaft
age. The drive mechanism is free of defects. Assembly goes down/up.
Y N Y N
Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Check the Sub Paddle mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears.
The Sub Paddle mechanism is free from defects and gears are seating properly.
Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N
Y N Repair defeats to the Sub Paddle mechanism.
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely
connected. Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8734. P/J8705 and P/J8734 are securely
Y N connected.
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely. Y N
Connect P/J8705 and P/J8734 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The wire J8709 and
J8728 are OK. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8734. The wires between
Y N J8705 and J8734 are OK.
Repair the open or short circuit. Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +24VDC.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-151 (A-Finisher) 2-100 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
B
Y N 012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the circuit is OK,
BSD-ON:12.3
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet Exit
Enter [012-013], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-2 (+) and GND (-).
command (the paper to be ejected has turned On the IOT Exit Sensor 1).
The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Initial Actions
Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that
Replace the Sub Paddle Solenoid (PL 22.3). the actuator is not broken.
Power Off/On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec.
Y N
Replace the paper with new paper that is ins spec.
Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Y N
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport
path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust.
Y N
Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in
normal condition.
Y N
Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.
Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed parts, broken parts, and/or
belt damage. The drive mechanism free from defects.
Y N
Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism.
Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly
connected to the IOT.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher properly.
Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The wires between J
8709 and J8728 are OK.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-101 012-151 (A-Finisher), 012-152 (A-Finisher)
A
Y N 012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam
Repair the open or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.3
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
In the Eject Motors ejecting operation, Eject Home Sensor ON was detected within a specified
approx. +5VDC.
time after the start of the reverse operation of the Eject Motor.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
(The Eject Motor should have ejected paper, but returned Home earlier than specified.)
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Com-
pile Exit Sensor. The voltage normally changes. Initial Actions
Y N Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object.
Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Power Off/On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec.
Enter [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates. Y N
Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec.
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely
connected. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
Y N that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely. Y N
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8739. The wire between J8706
and J8739 are OK. Check the Eject mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage. The Eject
Y N mechanism free from defects.
Repair the open or short circuit. Y N
Repair the Eject mechanism.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and J8706-7 (+)
and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of
Y N paper. The display changes.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem connected.
continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace Y N
the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin- Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wires between
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). J8700 and J8725 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-152 (A-Finisher), 012-161 (A-Finisher) 2-102 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem 012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
BSD-ON:12.8
Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates.
Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started lifting up, the Stack Height Sensor
Y N
did not detect the lifting up of the Stacker Tray.
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely
connected. Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started going down at initialization and dur-
Y N ing a job, the lower position of the tray (Full) could not be detected based on the changes
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. in the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 and the Stacker Stack Sensor 2.
Initial Actions
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The wires between Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign
J8706 and J8741 are OK. object.
Y N
Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign
Repair the open or short circuit.
objects and that their actuators are not broken.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between Power Off/On.
J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Procedure
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly.
Check the Eject Motor drive mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt
Y N
damage The drive mechanism free from defects.
Repair the mechanism.
Y N
Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Run DC330[012-267].
Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
of paper. The display changes.
(PL 22.7). Y N
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
connected.
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wire between J8708
and J8727 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet 7.2.36 A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-103 012-161 (A-Finisher), 012-211 (A-Finisher)
A B
Enter [012-278]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
display changes. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected.
connected. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between J8711 and P8736 are OK.
J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-1 (+) and GND (-).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is The voltage changes.
approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Go to Wirenet 7.2.38 A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the prob-
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-5 (+) and (-). Block and unblock the Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-2 (+) and GND (-).
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open and short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-279]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The
display changes. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-211 (A-Finisher) 2-104 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates.
Y N
BSD-ON:12.4 Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710 P/J8738A and
P/J8738B are securely connected.
During the moving of the Front Tamper, when the Front Tamper Home Sensor was Off, to the
Y N
home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not detected turning On within a specified
Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely.
time after the Front Tamper started moving.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The wires
Initial Actions between are OK.
Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and Y N
that the actuator is not broken. Repair the open or short circuit.
Power Off/ON.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between
J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Procedure Y N
Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
moving. The Front Tamper is defects and binding. tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Repair the Front Tamper mechanism.
Run DC330[012-220].
Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The wires between
J8700 and J8724 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-105 012-221 (A-Finisher)
A B
012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
BSD-ON:12.4
Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates.
At the end of the operation to turn Off the Front Tamper Home Sensor that was On, the
Y N
Front Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off.
Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710, P/J8738A and
The Front Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Front Tamper Motor P/J8738B are securely connected.
stopped, but the Front Tamper Home Sensor was On. Y N
Initial Actions Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely.
Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The wire
that the actuator is not broken.
between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B are OK.
Power Off/ON.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between
moving. The Front Tamper free from defects and binding. J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
Y N isher PWB (PL 22.7).
Repair the Front Tamper drive mechanism.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Run DC330[012-220]. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The wires between
J8700 and J8724 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-223 (A-Finisher) 2-106 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
BSD-ON:12.4
Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates.
At the end of the operation of trying to turn Off the Rear Tamper Home Sensor that was
Y N
On, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off.
Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and
The Rear Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Rear Tamper Motor P/J8737B are securely connected.
stopped, but the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was On. Y N
Initial Actions Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely.
Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The wire
that the actuator is not broken.
between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK.
Power Off/ON.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between
moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no Repair the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
not-seated gears. PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display of changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The wires between
J8700 and J8726 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-107 012-224 (A-Finisher)
012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail Y N
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely
BSD-ON:12.6
connected.
Y N
In the Eject Motors initializing operation and ejecting operation, one of the following is met.
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely.
With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The wires between
Within a specified time after that, the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning On.
J8706 and J8741 are OK.
With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction. The Y N
Eject Home Sensor should have been detected turning On and then the Eject Motor Repair the open wire or short circuit.
stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not On.
Initial Actions Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between
J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object.
Y N
Power Off/ON. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mecha- Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
nism is free from defects and belt damage. (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the mechanism. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Run DC330[012-252].
Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor. The display
changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely.
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wire between
J8700 and J8725 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Eject Home Sensor. The voltage changes
Y N
Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely.
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The wire between
J8700 and J8726 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-109 012-263 (A-Finisher)
A B
012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The wires between
J8706 and J8741 are OK.
BSD-ON:12.6 Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
In the Eject Motors initializing operation and ejecting operation, the Eject Motor had rotated
forward for a time corresponding to a specified qty of pulses since the Eject Home Sensor was
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between
On, and then the motor stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning Off.
J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Initial Actions Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object. tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Power Off/ON.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mecha- Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
nism is free from defects and belt damage. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the mechanism.
Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wires between
J8700 and J8725 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-280 (A-Finisher) 2-110 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail Y N
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely.
BSD-ON:12.7
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The wires between
In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job,
J8706 and J8740 are OK.
and in the Set Clamp Motors ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not
Y N
detected turning On within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Initial Actions Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between
Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
that the actuator is not broken. Y N
Power Off/ON. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The PWB (PL 22.7).
mechanism is free from defects and belt damage.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Repair the Set Clamp mechanism. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock
the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/
J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and
J8723. The wires between J8707 and J8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are
OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set
Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between
Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
that the actuator is not broken. Y N
Power Off/ON. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The PWB (PL 22.7).
mechanism is free from defects and belt damage.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Repair the Set CLamp mechanism. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock
the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/
J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and
J8723. The wires between J8707 andJ8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are
OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set
Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Set Clamp
Home Sensor. The voltage changes normally.
Y N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The wires between
J8705 and J8735 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Measure the voltages between Finisher PWB
J8705-3, 4, 5, 6 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage changes.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7)
Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between
J8701 and J8731 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-113 012-291 (A-Finisher)
012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem contin-
BSD-ON:12.1 ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the following;
Top Cover installation
Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for damage
Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V Switch actuator for any damage
These parts are in normal condition.
Y N
Repair or replace any of the parts that has a defect.
Enter Component Control [012-300]. Open and close the Top Cover to block and unblock the
Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8730. P/J8701 and P/J8730 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8701 and P/J8730 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8730. The wires between
J8701 and J8730 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-2 (+) and GND (-). Open and close
the Top Cover to block and unblock the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The volt-
age changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 22.3).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +24VDC.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Com-
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
pile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and (-). The voltage is approx. Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5).
+24VDC.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check for paper remaining on the Finisher Entrance Sensor and how it is installed. The sen-
sor is properly installed and free from paper.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly.
Enter Component Control [012-140]. Move the Finisher Entrance Sensor actuator by hand or
with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The wire between J8709
and J8729 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8709-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8709-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Actuate the
Finisher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-117 012-111
A
012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
On within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-112 2-118 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
turn Off within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
Procedure (BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y N
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Y N
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-119 012-126
A
012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn
12.2). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a
On within the specified time.
short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-131 2-120 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
On within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-121 012-132
A
012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J8879 and P/J8983.
BSD-ON:12.16
Check the wire between J8879 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Compile Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the
12.16). The wire between J8879 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of
J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor
PWB (PL 23.16).
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8869 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14).
Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be
heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-151 2-122 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J8879 and P/J8983.
BSD-ON:12.16
Check the wire between J8879 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn On within
12.16). The wire between J8879 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of
J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor
PWB (PL 23.16).
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8869 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14).
Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be
heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-123 012-152
A B
012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD
12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
BSD-ON:12.19/12.22 Y N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11).
After the Eject Motor turned On, the Compile No Paper Sensor did not turn Off within the spec-
ified time. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) J8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx.
Initial Actions +24VDC.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-151 Compile No Paper Sensor]. Actuate the Compile No Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Paper Sensor with paper. The display changes. 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8880 and J8984. J8880 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8880 and J8984.
Check the wire between J8880 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8880 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Compile Paper Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 23.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FORWARD LO] and Component
Control[012-055 Eject Motor FORWARD HI]. The Eject Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-161 2-124 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.24
a short circuit.
Y N
After Stacker Tray started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the spec-
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
ified time.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Initial Actions The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove obstructions under the tray. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the operation of the Stack Height Sensor actuator.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Procedure Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or Y N
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11).
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
1 with paper. The display changes. trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
correctly. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8986.
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or Y N
a short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).
Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-125 012-211
A
012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.24
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
After the Stacker Tray started descending, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor remained ON.
(PL 23.16).
Initial Actions Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Power OFF/ON
Remove obstructions under the tray.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
1 with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8986.
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-212 2-126 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).
BSD-ON:12.24
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Stacker descended lower than normal levels, below low limit height.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
1 with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8986.
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-127 012-213
A B
012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP Check the wire between J8884 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.18). The wire between J8884 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.18/12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Front Tamper started moving to the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
did not turn On within 800ms.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of
Initial Actions J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8881 and J8984.
Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Com-
ponent Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8884 and J8984.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-221 2-128 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8884 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.18). The wire between J8884 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.18/12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Front Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Front Tamper Home
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of
Initial Actions J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8881 and J8984.
Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Com-
ponent Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8884 and J8984.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-129 012-223
A B
012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8883 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.18). The wire between J8883 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.18/12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Rear Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Rear Tamper Home
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of
Initial Actions J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8882 and J8984.
Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8883 and J8984.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-224 2-130 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail
BSD-ON:15
The Puncher Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Motor
started running.
Initial Actions
Check the following:
Puncher Home Actuator for deformation
Puncher Home Sensor for proper installation
Puncher Home Sensor connectors
Puncher Motor for proper operation
Puncher Motor connectors
Procedure
Enter Component Control [12-074] and [12-078], Puncher Motor (PL 23.5), alternately. Select
Start. The Puncher Motor runs.
Y N
Select Stop. Check circuit of the Punch Motor. Refer to BSD 12.15 to troubleshoot the
Circuit.
Select Stop. Select [12-271], Puncher Home Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Actuate the sen-
sor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 12.15. Check circuit of the Puncher Home Sensor.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 23.16).
Folder Home Sensor is not turned on after the lapse of 500ms from Motor ON while Booklet
Knife is returning to Home.
Initial Actions
The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation
The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure
The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure
The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Procedure
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder
Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The
Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes.
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet
PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder
Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB
and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Book-
let PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Booklet Staple Mot F cannot clinch properly; Booklet Staple Cam SW F detected not to turn on - Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not
(return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting detected to turn on subsequently within designated time period
reverse motion.
- Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not
Procedure detected to be on upon stop after being detected to be on.
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [13-022] and [13-
023], Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15), alternately. Select Start. The Folder Knife Motor ener- Initial Actions
gizes. Power OFF/ON
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and Remove foreign substances in the Eject mechanism.
between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Procedure
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp
Select Stop. Select [013-101], Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). Select Start. Block/
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB
correctly.
and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Book-
12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
let PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
a short circuit.
Y N
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-133 012-249, 012-259
A
Y N 012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
BSD-ON:12.22
Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Eject Clamp started ascending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
500ms.
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
(BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism.
Y N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). Procedure
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Y N
) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL Y N
23.16). Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Connect J8870 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-259, 012-260 2-134 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Rear Tamper started moving to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
not turn On within 800ms.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
(BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Initial Actions
Y N Power OFF/ON
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Procedure
Y N Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
23.16). Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Y N
Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8882 and J8984.
Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.
The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8883 and J8984.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-135 012-260, 012-263
A B
Check the wire between J8883 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail
12.18). The wire between J8883 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
When the Booklet Home moves from Home position, the Folder Home Sensor did not turn OFF
a short circuit.
Y N within the specified time.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation
J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm. The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure
Y N
The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/ Procedure
6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder
Y N Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet
PWB (PL 23.16). PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
OK.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder
Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB
and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Book-
let PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Booklet Stapler Assembly (Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Rear Staple Home Switch Initial Actions
detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated
Check the connectors at the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB are connected or seated
time period after starting reverse motion.
properly
Check the wiring between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB for damage
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple
Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes.
Procedure
Y N Power OFF and Power ON the Printer.
Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/ The problem is resolved.
J8995 are connected correctly. Y N
Y N Reload the Software. The problem is resolved.
Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD PWB (PL 23.21).
12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. Rerun the job.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Rerun the job.
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-)
(BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Select Stop. Select [013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Rear Staple
Home Switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/
J8995 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995.
Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8995-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8870 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-282 2-138 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.23
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Set Clamp started operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
200ms.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
Initial Actions (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. ) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8871 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-139 012-283
A B
012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.22/12.23
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Set Clamp completed operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
the specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
Initial Actions (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject Clamp mechanism moves ) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
smoothly. Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Set Clamp 23.16).
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y N Execute Component Control[012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. The Set Clamp Clutch (PL
Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected 23.11) starts operating.
correctly. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8877 and P/J8983. P/J8877 and P/J8983 are con-
Connect J8871 and P/J8988. nected correctly.
Y N
Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Connect P/J8877 and P/J8983.
12.23). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. Check the wire between J8877 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Y N 12.23). The wire between J8877 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. a short circuit.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-4 (+) and GND (-).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Fin-
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. isher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-284 2-140 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-291 Stapler Failure RAP Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-)
(BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:12.26/12.27 Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the
Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time. Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple
Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)]
alternately. The motor energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear
Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893
and P/J8995)
Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and
GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch]
Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or
(Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Sta-
ple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995)
Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-141 012-291
A B
012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.20
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Stapler Move Position Sen-
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
sor turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn On within 2sec.
After the Stapler completed moving to the Staple Position, the Stapler Move Position Sen- Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each
sor did not turn On. GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Initial Actions Y N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8).
Power OFF/ON
Check the Stapler movement mechanism. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
Procedure The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Y N
Position Sensor with paper. The display changes. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8
connected correctly. ). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Connect the connectors. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18).
Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short
circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Con-
trol[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-295 2-142 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP Y N
Connect the connectors.
BSD-ON:12.20
Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Staple Move Sensor turned
12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or
Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms.
a short circuit.
After the Staple Position had been fixed, the Staple Move Sensor turned Off. Y N
After the Staple Move Sensor turned On when paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Position while moving to the Rear Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off
within 500ms. Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each
Initial Actions GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y N
Power OFF/ON
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8).
Check the Stapler movement mechanism.
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move
Y N
Position Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
connected correctly.
Y N PWB (PL 23.16).
Connect the connectors.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18).
Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short
circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Con-
trol[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-143 012-296
012-300 Eject Cover Open
BSD-ON:12.12
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Eject Cover is down
Check Eject Cover Switch for improper installation
Check Eject Cover Switch connectors for connection failure
Check Actuator part for deformation
Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-300], Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11). Select Start. Actuate the
Eject Cover Switch. The display changes
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity of the Eject Cover Switch. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Replace the Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11).
Check continuity between the Eject Cover Switch and the Finisher PWB. If the check is
OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
power OFF/ON
Opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be
opened/closed.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher Front Cover correctly.
Check the installation of the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Front Door Interlock Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Front Door Interlock Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control[012-302 Front Door Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher
Front Cover. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8891 and J8982. J8891 and J8982 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8891 and J8982.
Check the wire between J8891 and J8982 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.12. The wire between J8891 and J8982 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Front Door Interlock Switch between J8982-8 and J8982-4
(BSD 12.12). The wire between J8982-8 and J8982-4 is connecting successfully
when the Front Door Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when the
contact is opened.
Y N
Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The Finisher H-Transport Cover
can be opened/closed.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher H-Transport Cover correctly.
Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. The H-Transport Interlock Sensor
is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the H-Transport Interlock Sensor correctly.
Execute Component Control[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor]. Open and close the Fin-
isher H-Transport Cover. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8860 and J8987. J8860 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8860 and J8987.
Check the wire between J8860 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8860 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Proper operation not available since ROM may have been erased. Procedure
Empty the Punch Dust Tray.
Procedure
Retry download. If the problem continues, replace the FInisher ROM (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8868 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14).
Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8868 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14).
During standby, paper was detected by the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Control logic reports paper at the Xport Entrance Sensor.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Puncher Waste Bin is present and installed properly
The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor for improper installation
The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor connectors for connection failure
The Puncher Waste Bin Actuator part for deformation and damage
The Guide for deformation
The Guide for a foreign substance
Procedure
Enter Component Control [14-275], Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Remove
and insert the Puncher Waste Bin manually. The display changes
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Puncher Box Set Sensor and Finisher Main
PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the Puncher Waste Box Actuator and Guide for deformation. The Puncher Waste Bin
can be removed and inserted properly.
Y N
Repair or replace the Puncher Waste Bin (PL 23.5).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn on within designated time period Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn off within designated time period
Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions
Procedure Procedure
Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following: Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following:
wiring wiring
connections connections
operation operation
voltage voltage
Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn on within designated time period Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions
Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit
Procedure Procedure
Check the Book Folder for the following: Check the Booklet Safety Switch for the following:
operation wiring
binding connections
ware operation
debris voltage
Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit
Initial Actions
Ensure the Cover is closed
Procedure
Check the Booklet Cover Switch for the following:
wiring
connections
operation
voltage
Procedure Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:
Allocate Memory
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. Memory Settings
Covers
If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Mailbox Screen
Properties
Properties Features
Data Encryption
Memory Full Procedure
Maximum Stored Pages
Procedure Procedure
Go to GP 4. Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.
Procedure Procedure
Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2. Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.
Procedure Procedure
Install the PS Kit, check with System Administrator for availability of the Kit. Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.
Procedure Procedure
If operation is not normal, replace S2X board. If operation is not normal, replace S2X board.
Procedure Procedure
If operation is not normal, replace S2X board. Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues,
replace S2X PWBA.
Procedure Procedure
Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues, Replace S2X board.
replace S2X PWBA.
Procedure Procedure
(1) Check IISS-S2X cable for disconnection. Replace S2X board.
Obtain job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that, Power If the problem persists, check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3)
OFF/ON.
An error was detected in the IF between the IIT and the IOT. Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector between the IIT and the IOT. Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected. Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.
Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present. Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:
Allocate Memory
Memory Settings
Properties
Properties Features
Maximum Stored Pages
Mailbox Screen
Data Encryption
Memory Full Procedure
Covers
Procedure NOTE: Unrecoverable error was detected within Fax Send image conversion area B-Formatter
task from extended mailbox in Multi-Send using Job Flow Indication or UI Multi-Send.
Wait for the completion of Scheduled Image Overwrite to cancel operation, turn Power OFF/
ON. Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1 and #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM
11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). #1 and #2 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Perform the following:
Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL Replace Print Kit. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following: Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM
DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #1.
Replace ESS FontROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).
Remove/insert Print Kit.
Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx).
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Replace the NVM PWB (PL xxx). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Remove/insert PageMemory (Option). If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option)
(PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the Page Memory connection. If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option) Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connec-
(PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). tions. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connec- Remove/insert UI Card. If the problem continues, replace the UI Card.(PL xxx). If the problem
tions. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
Check the Lyzer Card connection Check the Lyzer Card connection
Remove/insert Lyzer Card Remove/insert Lyzer Card
Replace the Lyzer Card Replace the Lyzer Card
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
(2) Try all authentication methods while changing M/C authentication method. Authentication
method that the M/C can process is any of MD5, CHAPv2 and PEAPv0.
(3) When the problem persists after the above action (1) and (2) is taken, change the setting of
authentication server into any of MD5, CHAPv2 and PEAPv0 that can be processed by the
M/C.
(2) Conform authentication server certificate to M/C root certificate, or to conform M/C root cer-
tificate to server certificate.
(2) Illegal protocol signal is received from authentication server. Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
To retry the operation. Procedure
Refer customer to Systems Administrator Guide headings:
Information Checklist
Changing the Settings
Setting Format of config.txt
Procedure Procedure
1 Check if DNS server address has been properly set to the device Check the DNS confutation and IP address of the retrieve setting.
2 Ask system administrator (customer) if DNS the server settings allow Dynamic DNS using
IPv6 addresses
Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. A procedure is not available at time of publication.
Procedure Procedure
Remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2) Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings
E-mail
If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the HDD (PL Information Checklist
11.2)
Procedure Procedure
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address. Check that the login name and password for the POP Server are correct.
Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings
E-mail E-mail
E-mail Environments E-mail Environments
E-mail Setting Setup E-mail Setting Setup
POP3 Server Settings POP3 Server Settings
Test Mail Test Mail
Procedure Procedure
Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer. Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.
When the problem persists even with memory extended to the max. capacity, print using driver When the problem cannot be solved, to obtain printer setting list, job history report and print
(ART-EX, PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer. data with Print Ticket which has been submitted
The LDAP server requires an SSL Client Certificate. The machine does not trust the LDAP servers SSL certificate.
Procedure Procedure
Set the SSL Client Certificate on the machine. Register the root certificate of the LDAP server SSL Certificate on the machine.
Procedure Procedure
Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP
Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP
server security is not guaranteed. server security is not guaranteed.
Procedure Procedure
Set the LDAP server address on the machine to match the address on the LDAP server SSL This error was generated by the software.
certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set
to [Disable] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.
Procedure Procedure
Set DNS address. Check that the destination FTP server and this machine are set up so that they can communi-
cate with each other on the network. For example, check the following:
Or set the destination server address, using IP address.
The IP address of the server is correct
The network cable is connected
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the scanned-images saving place on the FTP scan server is correct. Check the right to access the FTP scan server.
Procedure Procedure
Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder. Check the following:
That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place.
That the storage place has some space available.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place.
the job. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That the storage place has some space available.
That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the storage place has some space available.
Procedure Procedure
Check the right to access the server. Check the following:
Procedure Procedure
Check the right to access the server. Check that the storage place has some space available.
Procedure Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that
the file format is not a multi-page one. NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
Procedure Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center. If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center.
Procedure Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center. If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center.
With multiple machines not accessing the same folder on the same server, repeat the With this feature enabled, the machine denies access when an incorrect System Administrator
same operation. ID is entered the selected number of times.
If this still reoccurs, contact our Custom Support Center. If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five ones) 11111 default if the System Adminis-
trator ID is unavailable.
If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five ones) 11111 default if the System Adminis- Procedure
trator ID is unavailable. Increase the number of digit of the password of desired print job to a value larger than the min-
imum.
Procedure Procedure
Decrease the resolution setting. Requires Print Page buffer memory expansion, a decrease of resolution, or set to Print Guar-
antee mode (Print Guarantee mode is only for PLW). For PCL, set the PCL Heap Memory/
Band Buffer Ratio to above 1:2.
Procedure Procedure
Send the E-mail to a valid mailbox destination or set up the appropriate mailbox. Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.
Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide. Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).
Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4).
Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI
Panel (default 2MB recommended).
Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. A procedure is not available at time of publication.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Cancel and rerun the job
If the problem persists remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2)
Procedure Procedure
Cancel the job, reduce resolution, and rerun the job. The print job exceeded the memory capacity of the print control language driver. Ask customer
to break up the print job into smaller parts.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
[Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]
Procedure Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet Fax Profile
Job Templates - Network Scanning Job Templates - Network Scanning
File Format File Format
Properties Properties
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure Procedure
Rerun the job. Verify the address is correct.
Procedure Procedure
Ask the customer to check the directory that is locked and clear that directory. A procedure is not available at time of publication.
Procedure Procedure
Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing. Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing.
Procedure Procedure
Specify the tray that allows booklet printing. Enter Tools and enable download mode, ensure that NVM 700-420 is set to 0 and retry.
Procedure Target download data model does not conform to machine model.
Download data is illegal. Obtain the download data again and retry.
Procedure
Obtain download file of the same model as that of the machine for software upgrade and retry
the operation.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader. Take one of the following actions:
Procedure Procedure
Refer customer to check Mailbox section in User Guide to make available more HDD space. Refer customer to User Guide index on Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings.
If the problem persists check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform
GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization.
Procedure
Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.
Initial Actions When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel set-
Power Off/On tings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.
Procedure
Procedure
Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.
Ask customer to check print settings. When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], if the setting
for [Standard] is set to [Normal], change the setting to [High Speed].
Procedure Procedure
Use Adobe Reader to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file. Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to enable usage of the machine.
Procedure Procedure
Ask key operator or system or account administrator to set up the account or check the users Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to add the account rights.
password.
Procedure Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to raise the page limit. Resend the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to User Guide headings:
PostScript Memory
CentreWare Internet Services properties
Memory Settings
Allocate Memory
When printing fails
Setting Format of config.txt
Procedure Procedure
Print in Fast Print mode. In [Specify Print Mode] under [Port Settings], specify another print language.
Set the [Print Mode] to [Normal] and rerun. If the problem continues, set [Page Print Mode]
to [On].
Procedure Procedure
Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination POP server and Repeat the operation.
the device. check the following:
Procedure Procedure
Retrieve E-mail in the Server HDD. Reconsider the Server capacity. Contact the SMTP Server Administrator and ask the administrator to reconsider the Server
capacity limit.
Procedure Procedure
Check the destination of the E-mail. Check whether the E-mail address is valid within the domain and check the setting of the E-
mail address of the machine.
Procedure Procedure
Enable the most appropriate ESMTP function in the SMTP Server. Or, send the E-mail with Check with the System Administrator whether the function is enabled.
sent confirmation turned off.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of Escalate to your next level of support.
the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well.
NOTE: If the Host Name of the SMTP Server is entered into the machine, then the
machine must be configured with the customers DNS settings (listed on page 3 of
the report).
The Machines E-mail Address setting must contain an email address with the cus-
tomers domain name and the address must be entered in the proper syntax (i.e.:
wc7132@company.com).
The E-mail Send Authentication setting will be set in one of the following ways:
Set to OFF if the customers SMTP E-mail server does not require the machine
to authenticate or log in prior to sending the e-mail message.
Set to SMTP AUTH if the customers SMTP E-mail server requires that the
machine authenticate or log in to the server using an SMTP log in name and
password prior to sending the e-mail message.
Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of Highlight one of the Templates that generate the fault and select the Output Format
the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well. tab on the Touch screen. This will display the Log In name associated with the Tem-
plate as well as a Password field that will either have a string of stars in it that repre-
Press the [All Services] button on the machine Control Panel, then select the [Network Scan- sent the password or will show [Not Set].
ning] button on the Touch screen. There is at least one Template listed. Select the [Log In] button, remove the existing Log In name, type in the name anon-
Y N ymous and select the [Save] button. Then select the [Password] button, remove all
Have the customer demonstrate how they are scanning and how they get the fault to stars so that the password is blank and select the [Save] button. Press the <Start>
occur. The customer is selecting the [Scan to FTP/SMB] button after pressing the button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully transferred to
[All Services] button. the server.
Y N Y N
Have the customer contact the Customer Support Center for help with properly con- A person with knowledge of the customers network is available.
figuring their machine for Network Scanning. Y N
Escalate to your next level of support.
The Scan to FTP/SMB feature allows the customer to manually enter the destination
server settings at the machine UI prior to scanning a document rather than using a previ- Press the <Clear All> button to restore the original Log In name and Password.
ously created Template. If a fault is occurring when they use this feature, then they are Highlight the Template and select the Output Format tab on the Touch screen.
either entering the wrong IP address or Host Name of their destination server or the Have the network person type in the correct Log In name and either type in the
server is not capable of accepting a connection from the machine. Refer the customer to correct Password or remove the Password that is displayed. Then press the
the User Guide for details on using this feature and to ensure that they are entering their <Start> button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully
settings correctly. transferred to the server.
Y N
Disconnect the Ethernet network cable from the machine. Select one of the Templates and Escalate to you next level of support.
scan a document with the network cable disconnected. The same fault (16-782) is dis-
played. The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are
Y N incorrect. Refer the customer to the User Guide for details on editing the
Configure your PWS as a scan server and then use the Network Scanning feature on Repository settings of the selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name
the machine to scan a document into your PWS. The fault 16-782 is displayed when and/or Password.
scanning to your PWS.
Y N The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are incor-
The cause for the customers problem is either on the customers network or with the rect. Refer the User Guide for details on editing the Repository settings of the
settings in the machine. selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name and/or Password.
Reconnect the customers network cable to the machine. Select each one of the
listed Templates and press the [Start] button.
A B A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
016-782 2-252 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
If the 16-782 fault does not occur when disconnecting the customers network cable and 016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP
attempting a scan job but the 16-782 fault does occur when the machine is connected to
the PWS, then there is likely a set up problem with the PWS. Escalate to your next level of The specified path cannot be found during Scan to Server file transfer.
support.
Procedure
There is a machine problem. Perform the following steps, in order: Check the server path name specified in the job template.
Reload the system software
Go to the User Guide for details on how to recreate the Templates and re-enter the If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Ser-
Repository settings. vice Installation Guide.
Re initialize the NVM by selecting the SYS-SYSTEM and SYS-USER NVM platforms.
Procedure Procedure
Check that Write Authorization is established in the Server directory. Check that Write Authorization is established in the Server directory.
Free up space on the Server disk. Remove unnecessary data from the server hard drive to free up space on the Server disk.
If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Ser- If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Ser-
vice Installation Guide. vice Installation Guide.
Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI
Panel (default 2MB recommended).
Procedure Procedure
Either remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space, or initialize the Check the print data and options, and print again.
hard disk.
Procedure If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the rele-
1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible. vant service.
2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait
documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is
space in the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.
When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding
service that needs it.
Procedure Procedure
Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is lim- Timeout occurs while waiting for a response to CA server due to inside load of the device. Retry
ited or not. authentication operation.
Procedure
Take any of the following actions:
-For Windows Server 2003, to make time of SMB server and that of this M/C identical.
Note: Password cannot be verified. When you forget password, password need be reset according
to the following procedure:
1) Select [Start] menu> [All programs] >[Management tool] >[Active Directory user and computer]
on domain controller of active directory where user information is set.
2) Select [Active Directory user and computer [Server]] >[Domain] >[Users] and list user informa-
tion from the left frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window.
3) Right-click target user from the right frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window and
select [Reset password].
-Verify user who can use Windows Share MacOS X v10.4 according to the following procedure:
3) Select [Windows Share] on Service selection screen and click [Account] button.
4) Check account you want to make valid and click [Complete] button.
Procedure Procedure
Error occurs in authentication operation between CA server and the device. Retry authentication User authentication fails. Input user name or password is not correct. Verify and input correct user
operation. name and password.
3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template. 3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.
Procedure Procedure
Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example: Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example:
-Setting that is not usable in the device is described. -Setting that is not usable in the device is described.
-Transfer destination repository is not correctly set. -Transfer destination repository is not correctly set.
-Template name that does not exist is designated. -Template name that does not exist is designated.
Procedure Procedure
Check if DNS is available; check the following: Set DNS server address. Alternatively, specify transfer destination BMLinkS storage service
server using IP address.
- Search and obtain the latest information
- Ensure the server name/host name of transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server is reg-
istered to DNS
Procedure Procedure
Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination BMLinks service Check the following:
server and device, check the following:
- Search and obtain latest information
- search and obtain latest information
- If the storage service for relevant user is active in transfer destination BMLinkS storage service
- network cable is connected
Procedure Procedure
Check if the login name (username) and password are correct. Check the following:
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check if there is space left in the storage location.
- Whether any characters prohibited in BMLinkS storage service are used in filename; if any exist,
change filename accordingly
- whether any files/folders with the same name as specified filename exist
- configure settings so that upon detection of duplicate filenames, files are overwritten
Procedure Procedure
Wait before repeating the same operations. Check the following:
Procedure Procedure
Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer. Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.
Procedure Procedure
Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer. Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.
2. Transfer protocol port described in job template is not activated on device (SMB, FTP etc.). 2. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD failure is detected.
Procedure Procedure
Check if network-related setting and port necessary to scan job execution are properly done on the Retry the operation after a short interval.
device side.
Procedure Procedure
Retry the operation after a short interval. Retry the operation.
Procedure
Conduct correct authentication operation or verify limitation by M/C administrator (color mode, total
sheet volume, service).
Procedure Procedure
Retry the operation. Check what the specified shared name is and enter the correct one.
Procedure
Retry the operation.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are present. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.
Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings.
Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.
There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server.
NOTE: Occurs while a document is scanned or Direct Copy is in process. NOTE: Occurs while a document is printing or Direct Copy is in process.
ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected
by IITsc and Job is suspended. by IITsc and Job is suspended.
Procedure Procedure
Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to
continue the job. continue the job.
NOTE: Occurs only when a Job is Paused. Not occurs while Job is in process. Occurs in the
following case: Job stopped due to other than Accessory reason (Jam, No Paper etc.), Card
removed, and job restarted.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to
continue the job.
Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
objects.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects
and that their actuators are not broken. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
Power Off/On. sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Procedure Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely
connected.
Check the paper size of the job. The paper of the job is equal in size to or smaller than (in
Y N
either lead/trail edge or side edge) the last paper of the previous job.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely.
Y N
Load paper of the appropriate size. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between
J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Check the settings of the Staple Mode for the current job. The settings are the same as the Y N
ones for the previous job. Repair the open or short circuit.
Y N
Return the Staple Mode settings to the previous ones. Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Check for paper and/or foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in normal
Y N
condition with no paper or foreign object left there.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
changes.
gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly.
Y N
Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8).
Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
sensor. The display changes.
connected. Y N
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.
connected.
Y N
Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
J8708 and J8727 are OK.
A B C
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-311 024-916 (A-Finisher)
B C
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between 024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8
Repair the open or short circuit.
While sets of stapled sheets of paper are being ejected, the Staple Set Count for the Stacker
Tray exceeded 30.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Initial Actions
Using Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the +5VDC circuit to J8707-3 on the Finisher PWB. Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign
objects.
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage and that their actuators are not broken.
changes.
Power Off/On.
Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Procedure
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). normal condition with no paper or foreign object left there.
Y N
Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
connected. gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
J8711 and P8736 are OK. of paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Repair the open or short circuit. Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
connected.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Y N
GND (-). The voltage changes. Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). J8708 and J8727 are OK.
Y N
Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Repair the open wire or short circuit.
GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- age is approx. +5VDC.
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and
Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
are securely connected. Y N
Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
Connect the connectors securely.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-916 (A-Finisher), 024-917 (A-Finisher) 2-312 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C
Enter [012-330]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
sensor. The display changes. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
connected. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. connected.
Y N
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Y N Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Repair the open or short circuit. J8711 and P8736 are OK.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- Repair the open or short circuit.
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
changes.
Y N Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
acceptance surface. The display of DC330[012-279] changes.
Y N Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely are securely connected.
connected. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors securely.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wire between
J8707 and J8721 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
B C
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-313 024-917 (A-Finisher)
024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile 024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack
BSD-ON:12.2 BSD-ON:12.8
Sheet Information command made abnormal paper (scratched paper) reported by the IOT One of the following:
ejected into the compiler.
At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position.
NOTE: This Fail Code is an operation message. If this fail code is frequently declared, perform During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper
the procedure below. to be ejected, the Full position was detected.
Initial Actions During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper
to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected.
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed.
With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large
Power Off/On.
paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign
Check the specifications of paper. The paper is in spec.
objects.
Y N
Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects
Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec.
and that their actuators are not broken.
Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem Power Off/On.
that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Y N Procedure
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free
of paper or foreign objects.
Check for a Fail Code. Another Fail Code is displayed. Y N
Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
Go to the appropriate Fault Code.
gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no
not-seated gears.
Y N
Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.
Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between
J8708 and J8727 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-928 (A-Finisher), 024-930 (A-Finisher) 2-314 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C
Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and Y N
unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem changes.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Run DC330[012-278].
Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
sensor. The display changes. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
connected. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. connected.
Y N
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Y N Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Repair the open or short circuit. J8711 and P8736 are OK.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- Repair the open or short circuit.
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes. Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Y N GND (-). The voltage changes.
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
sensor. The display changes. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
C
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-315 024-930 (A-Finisher)
A B
024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:12.5 Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
As Staple Head Home Sensor On was not detected within 450msec after the start of the oper-
ation of closing the Stapler Head, the reverse rotation started. After that, Staple Head Home Measure the voltage between J8701-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter [012-
Sensor On was detected. 046] and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes.
Y N
Initial Actions Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).
Check that the Top Cover and the Front Cover can be opened and closed.
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
include no foreign objects. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Power Off/On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Compile Tray. The Compile Tray is
free of paper and/or foreign objects.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The wires between
J8705 and J8735 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltages between J8705-3 to 6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter
[012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Each voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between
J8701 and J8731 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-976 (A-Finisher) 2-316 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail 024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty
BSD-ON:12.5 BSD-ON:12.5
In the operation of getting the Stapler head ready at initialization, Stapler Ready Sensor One of the following:
ON was not detected until a specified number (13) of Head idle-stapling operations.
Immediately before stapling, the Stapler Ready Sensor was Off. At Power On, Low Staple Sensor ON was detected.
Initial Actions Immediately before the start of the operation of closing the Stapler Head, Low Staple Sen-
sor ON was detected.
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and
include no foreign objects. Initial Actions
Power Off/On. Check that the Front Cover can be opened and closed.
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and
Procedure include no foreign objects.
Power Off/On.
Enter Component Control [012-243]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple
Assembly. The display changes.
Y N Procedure
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely Check what amount of staples remain in the Cartridge. The is enough staples remaining
connected. run the stapler.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Replace the Cartridge.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between Run DC330[012-242].
J8701 and J8731 are OK. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple
Y N Assembly. The display changes.
Repair the open or short circuit. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely
Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- connected.
age is approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between
Measure the voltage between J8701-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove J8701 and J8731 are OK.
and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).
Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem age is approx. +5VDC.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between J8701-7 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove
and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter COmponent Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
of paper. The display changes. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely Run DC330[012-279].
connected. Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
Y N sensor. The display changes.
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between connected.
J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- J8707 and J8721 are OK.
age is approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
A B C
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-980 (A-Finisher) 2-318 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
C
Y N 024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
BSD-ON:12.8
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
The condition below occurred four consecutive times.
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes.
In the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray (lowering the tray) for paper to
Y N
be ejected during a job, the height of it cannot be adjusted within a specified time.
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Initial Actions
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). object.
Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign
Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
objects and that their actuators are not broken.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely Power Off/On.
connected.
Y N Procedure
Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free
from paper and/or foreign objects.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between Y N
J8711 and P8736 are OK. Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit. Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Y N
GND (-). The voltage changes. Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- Run DC330[012-267].
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Stack
Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Y N
GND (-). The voltage changes. Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
Y N connected.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- Y N
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between
J8708 and J8727 are OK.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin- Y N
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and
unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-319 024-980 (A-Finisher), 024-982 (A-Finisher)
A B C D
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Measure the voltage between J8707-2(+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes.
Run DC330[012-278]. Y N
Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
sensor. The display changes.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
connected.
Y N Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between connected.
J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- J8711 and P8736 are OK.
age is approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the GND (-). The voltage changes.
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage Y N
changes. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Y N lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem GND (-). The voltage changes.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Run DC330[012-279]. lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).v
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
sensor. The display changes. Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
connected. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage
is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
C D
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-982 (A-Finisher) 2-320 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP 024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP
An abnormal parameter is set for the send function. A transmission failure occurred, the Sequencing number of the sent Message Packet is incor-
rect.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1. Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Procedure
securely connected. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Procedure
securely connected. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
The problem occurs only for specific documents. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
Y N securely connected.
Perform following as required:
1. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
9.2) are securely connected.
Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).
2. Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
3. Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL
Replace the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1).
9.2).
4. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. A procedure is not available at time of publication.
Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. 1) Attach a HDD to ESS PWB
(2) Attach the required memory for the operation of enabled SW option mentioned in step 1.
Memory necessary depends on the type (model) of device.
(3) After performing step1 and step 2, turn power on, ensure that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is
displayed on panel. If these fault codes are displayed, go to the 016-210 or 016-211 RAPs.
Procedure Procedure
The center tray will not receive output, and output goes to Finisher. Reduce the number of document pages so that the user-specified number of digits are not
Y N exceeded, or increase number of digits specified by user; retry coping.
Call for next level of support.
NOTE: Service procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL
10.1).
5. To enter new value (one), press 1 on the numeric keypad, then Select Save
6. Select Close.
7. Select Close again. Power off and on if the setting is not active.
NOTE: Customer procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1).
1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Confirm.
2. Select System Settings.
3. Select System Settings again.
4. Select Common Settings.
5. Select Other Settings.
6. Select Extended Tray Module and select Change Setting.
7. Select Offset Stacking Module.
8. Select Save.
9. Select Close.
10. Select Close again.
11. Select Close again.
12. Select Exit. Power off and on if the setting is not active.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.
Go to the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.1)
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. PJ104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-775, 024-910 2-338 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-911 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 2, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 2 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.
Go to the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.2).
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-339 024-910, 024-911
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-912 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 3, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 3 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.Clear away
the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Go to the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.3)
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-911, 024-912 2-340 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). 024-913 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N After feeding from Tray 4, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 4 Size
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Switch did not match.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Go to the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.4)
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-341 024-912 , 024-913
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-914 Tray 6 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 6, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 6 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 6 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Go to the Tray 6 Size Sensor and check the connectors. (BSD 7.15)
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-913, 024-914 2-342 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-915 Tray 7 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 7, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 7 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray7 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 7 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray7 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-343 024-914, 024-915
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper
size only).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 12.8.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.10) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-915, 024-916 2-344 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7). Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.9.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector. Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector.
Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected. Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector. Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector.
Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected. Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.
Procedure Procedure
Check the Punch Box Set Sensor or proper operation. BSD 12.15 Check for proper operation of the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5)(BSD 12.3)
Check that the Punch Dust Box is properly seated. Check the P/J8704 connector at the Finisher PWB
Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Procedure Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-947] occurs. [For 2TM]
Y N Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-948] occurs.
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator. Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
Y N installed correctly.
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly. Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actua- Check the installation of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of
tor. The Tray 2 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N Y N
Reinstall the Tray 2 Level Sensor. Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control [071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Execute Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3
No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409 Check the connections of P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J102B, P/J661B and P/
are connected correctly. J549 are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. Connect P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Check the wire between J103 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag Check the wire between J102B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9
4/Flag 5). The wire between J103 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102B and J549 is con-
a short circuit. ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
4). Flag 4 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage
Y N changes.
Replace the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). Y N
Replace the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of Check the installation of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) and the operation of the actuator.
the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. The MPT No Paper Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Reinstall the MPT No Paper Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Execute Component Control[071-205 MPT No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the MPT No
No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J102A, P/J661A and P/ Check the connections of P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411
J549 are connected correctly. are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. Connect P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411.
Check the wire between J102A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Check the wire between J108 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102A and J549 is con- Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J108 and J411 is conducting without an open cir-
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. cuit or a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 4).
7.10 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. The voltage is approximately. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 3).
7.10 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The voltage changes.
Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage Y N
changes. Replace the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1).
Y N
Replace the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1).
Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accord-
ingly.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/
J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411.
Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-959] occurs. Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 2 with Tray 1. [024-960] occurs.
Y N Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator. Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly. Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Procedure Procedure
[For 2TM] [For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-961] occurs. Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 4 with Tray 3. [024-962] occurs.
Y N Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
[For TTM] [For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y N Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The actuator For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
is not distorted or damaged. For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Y N
Replace the actuator.
Actuate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Tray 1: Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 2: Component Control[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 3: Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 4: Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of the following connectors:
Tray 1: P/J101, P/J601, P/J409
Tray 2: P/J103, P/J602, P/J409
Tray 3: P/J102B, P/J661B, P/J549
Tray 4: P/J102A, P/J661A, P/J549
The connectors are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-10 (BSD 7.7 Flag 5)
Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-10 (BSD 7.8 Flag 5)
Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B10 (BSD 7.9 Flag 5 / BSD 7.10 Flag 5)
Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A10 (BSD 7.11 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5)
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/
PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-12 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4)
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-965 2-358 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP
APS/ATS is unable to detect the paper size. Paper Width Mix was detected during stapling.
Check the wire between P/J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4).
The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J416-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.4). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
When copying, user can either specify which has more priority, or cancel both. Use compatible paper sizes.
Procedure Procedure
If failure continues, check for proper operation of Tray 6 In Sensor. (BSD 7.15) If failure continues, check for the proper operation of the Tray 6 Size Sensor. (BSD 7.15)
Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).
Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Com-
ponent Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple
Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-243]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display
changes.
Y N
Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign sub-
stances and nothing has failed.
Y N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y N Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
correctly. J8850 are connected correctly.
Y N
Y N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit. short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
(PL 22.7).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-979, 024-980 2-364 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Finisher top tray is full
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7). Initial Actions
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
If the failure continues, check for proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (BSD 12.8)
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.
Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-982 2-366 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP 024-989 Booklet Low Staple
The job was aborted during MPT feed. Booklet Maker Stapler Low Staple signal is detected to be on at Staple operations.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly
and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the MPT Guide
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1).
Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accord-
ingly.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/
J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411.
Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).
Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-369 024-916
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP
The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray. - When the eject cover is opened or closed, Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor has No Paper.
Procedure - A set of sheets including scratch sheet is output from compiler tray. (e.g. when job is can-
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor- celled)
rectly.
Y N Initial Actions
Connect the connectors. Ensure that the Eject cover is closed
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected.
Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did Empty stapling was within 13 times.
not turn On within the specified time.
Procedure Initial Actions
Reload the Staple Cartridge.
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard.
Y N Procedure
Check the connections of J8887 and P/J8981. J8887 and P/J8981 are connected Execute Component Control[012-243 Staple Ready Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple
correctly. Cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect J8887 and P/J8981. Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign sub-
stances and nothing has failed.
Check the wire between J8887 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Y N
12.24). The wire between J8887 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
a short circuit.
Y N Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and P/J8981 are connected
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. correctly.
Y N
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB Connect J8886 and P/J8981.
(PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Com- 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or
ponent Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple a short circuit.
Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J8896 and P/J8981. P/J8896 and P/J8981 are con-
nected correctly. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
Y N The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Connect P/J8896 and P/J8981. Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
a short circuit. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
BSD-ON:12.27 Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Booklet Stapler Assembly (Front/Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Front/Rear Staple
Home Switch detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within
designated time period after starting reverse motion.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple
Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)]
alternately. The motor energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear
Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893
and P/J8995)
Check the wire between J8894, J8895,and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and
GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch]
Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or
(Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Sta-
ple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995)
Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-)
(BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-978 2-372 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP
BSD-ON:12.21 BSD-ON:12.24
The Staple Pin is nearly empty. The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).
The cartridge has not been installed.
Procedure Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
Cartridge. The display changes. foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Y N
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
substances and nothing has failed.
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
Y N
1 with paper. The display changes.
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and P/J8981 are connected
correctly.
correctly.
Y N
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Connect J8886 and P/J8981.
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).
Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-373 024-979, 024-980
A B
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N BSD-ON:12.24
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On
within the specified time.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off
Y N within the specified time.
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
1 with paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8986.
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires Y N
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
a short circuit.
(PL 23.16).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).
Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-980, 024-982 2-374 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.26
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected just before Stapling operation.
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
the interlock was closed.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Procedure
Y N Supply the staples. The problem is resolved.
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Y N
Enter Component Control [013-107 Front Low Staple Switch], Select Start. LOW (sta-
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). ples available) is displayed
Y N
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con- Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Connect the connectors.
Y N
Connect P/J8986. Check the wire between J8894 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8894 and J8995 is conducting without an open cir-
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires cuit or a short circuit.
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB 12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
(PL 23.16). Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8894-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Front Low Staple Switch (PL 23.19).
Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace
the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected just before Stapling operation.
Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the
interlock was closed.
Procedure
Supply the staples. The problem is resolved.
Y N
Enter Component Control [013-108 Rear Low Staple Switch]. Select Start. LOW (sta-
ples available) is displayed
Y N
Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8895-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Rear Low Staple Switch (PL 23.20).
Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace
the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
Procedure Procedure
The server uses the out-of-spec LDAP protocol not supported by this machine. If trying to repro- Software internal to this machine is defective.
duce this, contact our Custom Support Center.
Procedure Procedure
If any other messages are displayed, clear the relevant error. (1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.
If panel operations are being carried out, finish these operations. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.
If remote access is being carried out, wait until the relevant access is finished.
If failure continues after doing all of the above, turn power off/on. If failure still continues, contact ser-
vice center.
Procedure Procedure
(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not. (1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.
(2) Collect failure analysis log and packet. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.
Procedure Procedure
(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not. (1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.
(2) Collect failure analysis log and packet. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Specify the correct POP (Post Office Protocol) Server name or specify the IP address.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the login name and password for the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server are correct. Wait a while before repeating the operations. If the situation does not improve, consult network
administrator.
Check the connection to DNS. Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the destination SMB server and this machine are set up so that they can communicate Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.
with each other on the network. For example, check the following:
Procedure Procedure
Check the following:. Check the right to access the SMB scan server.
Procedure Procedure
Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder. Check the following:
That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place.
That the specified file name is not used by another user.
That there is no file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place.
job. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That the storage place has some space available.
That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the storage place has some space available.
Procedure Procedure
Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place. If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job.
Procedure Procedure
Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place. Check that the storage place has some space available.
Procedure Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that the file If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that NEXT-
format is not a multi-page one. NAME.DAT file is correct.
Procedure Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center. Check that the SMB server name is correct.
Procedure Procedure
Check with the network administrator for the domain name. Check with the network administrator for the domain name.
Also, check if the domain name set on the machine is correct, using the following procedure:
1.Enter the System Administration mode, and select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Net-
work Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] > [SMB Server Settings].
Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Check if the connection between the authentication server and the machine has been established
via a network. For example, check the following points:
Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of
the [Properties] tab.
Procedure Procedure
Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.
the [Properties] tab.
Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.
Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.
Procedure Procedure
The SMB server may be on Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS. Set the SMB server on Check with the system administrator for the login-permitted period.
an OS other than Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS.
Procedure Procedure
Obtain a valid password from the system administrator. Log in to Windows, and change the password. Ask the system administrator to change the setting
so that you do not need to change the login password next time.
Procedure Procedure
Ask the system administrator for validating the user. Ask the system administrator for canceling the lockout status.
Procedure Procedure
Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator. Or, ask the system administrator to Set the password for the user.
extend the account expiration date.
Procedure Procedure
Operate again. Store certificate for recipient to the device.
Procedure Procedure
Store correct certificate for recipient to the device. Check the following: Check certificate path of certificate for recipient, and import the required CA certificate.
Procedure Procedure
Store certificate for recipient that is not included in the CRL to the device. Obtain an authentication certificate.
Procedure Procedure
Obtain new authentication certificate. Check the authentication certificate information and retry.
Procedure Procedure
Request for the mail to be resent. Check the setting of the S/MIME device as required. Request that mail to be resent with a valid sender certificate.
Procedure Procedure
Check the sender as required. Check the sender as required.
From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CenterWare.
Procedure Procedure
Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server. Check the connection to the DNS (Domain Name System). Check that the Job Template Pool
Server domain name is registered in the DNS.
Procedure Procedure
Verify the job set up selections. Do not link the entry box to instructions that require user entry.
Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Take any of the following actions:
- parameters set by XDOD client are within system specification range (1) To retry printing with reduced number of document when on-demand printing is requested for
multiple documents using external access function.
- XDOD client / controller versions; save XDOD job ticket and request investigation to development
department via TSC. (2) To enter M/C administrator mode to elongate the time or to set 0 from [System setting/Registra-
tion]>[System setting]>[System clock/Timer setting]>[Time limit of on-demand print], when the
problem still recurs.
NOTE: When on-demand print using external access function is requested for multiple docu-
ments, printing process time until the last document is accepted is not considered. Therefore, time-
out may occur before the last document is accepted, with large-volume document and complicated
document requiring longer data processing time. Time limit shall be set according to form of docu-
ment to be printed.
NOTE: On-demand print using external access function is requested to M/C but designated job Procedure
ticket is not correct as follows:
If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII
-Error overwrite of job ticket due to M/C software failure characters.
-Error overwrite of job ticket due to external server bug of sender If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports
HELO command.
-Error overwrite of job ticket due to network problem
Procedure
Retry print request.
Procedure Procedure
Timeout in communication with SMTP server Use only ASCII characters for the destination email address.
Procedure Procedure
Reduce the number of destination email addresses. If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII
characters.
If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.
If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports
EHLO command.
Procedure Procedure
Send email without SMTP-AUTH. Consult the network administrator; check the server SMTP authentication method.
If the SMTP-AUTH feature is required, consult system administrator The Device supports the following methods: plain authentication, login (base 64) authentication,
and CRAM-MD5 (challenge-response).
E-mail was received with E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax not selected.
Procedure
Change the settings and repeat the operation.
There was an ESS reset when the FAX PWB did not respond. The specified document does not exist.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The job cannot be processed with the host in the current status. The specified mailbox does not exist.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Verification of the specified password failed. The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.
The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox. The specified page cannot be created.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
If the problem persists check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB.
A stored Fax job is cancelled. The upper limit for image data in a single transmission was exceeded.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in smaller parts.
If the problem persists refer customer to User Guide to find information on lowering memory usage.
The HDD was full during Fax Receive, Format or report creation. Two-sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed-size originals for fax).
Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend.
Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory). Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was
given during the operation.
Initial Actions
Power off/on Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend.
When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, a simultaneous request from the user to stop the The job document number related to the job could not be obtained.
job was received.
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Ask customer to request a re-resend.
Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time. An error occurred in reserving fax receive memory.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.
Fax was not transferred as the data capacity exceeded the threshold value while the Fax Transfer The Fax Controller detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.
Prohibition Function was activated, based on the data capacity of the Internet Fax Off Ramp.
Initial Actions
Procedure Power off/on
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The Fax Controller detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data. The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.
When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.
When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.
When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.
When requesting to start the service from the FAX PWB, the job could not be created due to causes During Fax formatting, the enlarged image data is larger than the reserved memory.
such as job number overflow.
Initial Actions
Procedure Power off/on
Ask customer to request a re-resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB.
Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 PWB. Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 2 PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 1 on the FAX PWB. Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 2 on the FAX PWB.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check Fax setup.
Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
The Fax controller received a DIS signal from the receiving Fax. Procedure
Ask customer to reduce the number of recipients and then resend.
A DCS signal is received when this function is not supported.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
There is no phone line available for manual transmission when manual transmission is disabled. Procedure
Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
When confirming and receiving print jobs, the jobs cannot be printed when the document size does DTMF I/F Time-out is detected when an operation did not occur within the specified time.
not match the paper size.
Procedure
Procedure Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Ask customer to check if the paper tray guides are set correctly.
If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.
Ask customer to check the size of the paper loaded in the tray.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
Channel 0 outside line is not connected. Channel 1 outside line is not connected.
Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Channel 2 outside line is not connected. Channel 3 outside line is not connected.
Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Channel 4 outside line is not connected. Channel 5 outside line is not connected.
Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
Procedure Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
The disconnect signal was not received from the receiving Fax after transmission was not For the NSS/DTC (Non-Standard Setup/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax
established, or there is a time-out. controller, the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax, or transmission
was rejected by the Select Receive function on the receiving Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
DCN (Distributed Computer Network) signal was received from the receiving Fax when send- Polling could not be done because the receiving Fax does not support Polling Send function, or
ing in Phase-B (pre-message processing). the stored document/original was not set.
Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal was sent out three times but there was no When sending the NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal, fall back could not be done or
response from the receiving Fax, or the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received. a fall back error occurred (In User/Auto Resend Standby).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The password does not exist or it was inconsistent. The post command was sent out three times but there was no response from the receiving
Fax, or a DCN (Disconnect) signal was received.
Transmission was received from another party other than the selected party for transmission.
Post messages resend over the limit.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The Fax controller received a RTN (Retrain Negative) signal from the receiving Fax. The Fax controller received a PIN (Procedure Interrupt Negative) signal from the receiving
Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation.
DCN (Disconnect) signal or an invalid command was received from the receiving Fax when A NSC (Non-Standard Facilities Command) signal resulted in one of the following:
sending in Phase-D. The password was incorrect.
Stored documents/originals for polling was not set on the receiving Fax.
Procedure Document jam on the receiving Fax.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
No response signal was returned from the receiving Fax after the FTT (Failure To Train) signal A DCN (Disconnect) signal was returned from the receiving Fax to the NSC/DTC (Non-Stan-
was sent. dard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax controller for
one of the following:
Procedure Incorrect password
Fax phone line may also carry a DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) internet signal, but this is not No originals for polling
supported by the hardware. Fax requires an analog only phone line (can be used for voice Paper jam on the receiving Fax
only).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
A password mismatch interrupted polling. There is a time out or there is no post message.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job, verify any passwords, and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
An RTN (Retrain Negative) signal was sent to the receiving Fax. When no data was sent from the receiving Fax, or after receiving more than 1 page manually,
the receiving Fax changed the resolution or the document size and the Fax controller returned
Procedure to Phase-B (pre-message processing), but no data was sent from the receiving Fax.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
A busy tone was detected in receive Phase-B (pre-message processing). The receiving Fax has one of the following problems:
A compatibility problem
Procedure Can not receive the DIS/NSF/NSC/DTC (DIgital Identification/Non-Standard Facilities/
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Non-Standard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signals
Memory is full
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax when receiving in Phase-B (pre- The frame length exceeded 3.45sec in 300bps command/response.
message processing).
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The Fax controller could not receive the CD (Collision Detection) signal within 3mins after The Fax controller sent a FTT (Failure To Train) signal after receiving a DCN (Disconnect) sig-
receiving the signal from the receiving Fax. nal from the receiving Fax.
Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The receiving Fax does not support the relay broadcast and mailbox functions. The Fax controller did not receive the TRN (Train) signal within 10 seconds after Phase-C
(message transmission).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the Procedure
resend fails Fax transmission cannot be used and another method of transmitting the data is There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
required.
More than 50% of decoding errors were detected when 148mm of G3 image information was One of the following occurred:
received in Phase-C (message transmission). The Fax controller did not detect a normal line within 1 minute after it had begun to
receive G3 image information.
Procedure The Fax controller did not detect the EOL (End of Line) signal within 13sec (default) when
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. receiving.
The Fax controller could not receive the EOL (End of Line) signal within 10sec in Phase-C
(message transmission).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
There is a time-out drop-out when receiving the image information. During training or when sending a command in high speed in Phase-C (message transmis-
sion), an error is detected when the modem is not turned on when a HDLC (High Level Data
Procedure Link Control) signal was sent.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
An error was detected during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections. The V.34 CD (Collision Detection) is off.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
There is an error in V.34 mode (33.6 KBPS rate). During Polling Receive, there was no stored documents/originals for polling, or the polling
operation/settings were missed during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
During Polling Send, there was no stored documents/originals for polling or the polling opera- The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no
tion/settings was missed on the Fax controller during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections. response was returned from the receiving Fax to the CTC (Continue To Correct) signal sent by
the Fax controller.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal, or no response was returned from The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no
the receiving Fax to the EOR (End Of Retransmission) signal sent by the Fax controller. response was returned from the receiving Fax to the RR (Receive Ready) signal sent by the
Fax controller.
Resending of CTC/EOR (Continue To Correct/End Of Retransmission) signal exceeded the
limit. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
There is a time-out after initial 2 way transmissions are established. After the EOR (End Of Re-transmission) signal was sent, transmission stopped or the EOR-
Quit signal was sent from the Fax controller.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
There is a time-out during Phase-C (message transmission). After the EOR (End of Re-transmission) signal was sent, the ERR (Response For End Of
Transmission) signal was returned, or the EOR-Q (End Of Re-transmission-Quit) signal was
Procedure received by the Fax controller.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The receiving Fax can not receive a SUB (Sub-Address). The receiving Fax can not receive a password.
Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The receiving Fax does not support the SEP (Separator) function. The Fax controller detected one of the following:
No DT1 signal before dialing.
Procedure A BT1/BT2 signal before dialing.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. A CT1 signal before dialing (a state in which PBX is busy).
A CT2 signal before dialing.
No DT1 signal during dialing (This could happen when an outside line was used without
any signal sending from the PBX).
A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.
No 2nd DT2 signal during dialing.
A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.
No third DT3 signal during dialing.
A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.
A BT1/BT2 signal after dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal after dialing.
No DT signal from the PBX before dialing.
A BT signal from the PBX before dialing.
A CT signal from the PBX before dialing.
A BT signal from the PBX after dialing.
A CT signal from the PBX after dialing.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2)
If the connections are good then there is a problem with the customers PBX (Private Branch
Exchange) line or the receiving fax.
The operation was stopped during dialing by using the Stop button. The operation was stopped during transmission by using the Stop button.
Procedure Procedure
The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job. The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job.
After dialing, the Fax controller did not receive the CED/DIS (Called Station Identification/Digi- The machine power failed during transmission, causing an error.
tal Identification Signal) from the receiving Fax, causing a transmission error or re-dial to
exceed the limit. Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
The operation was stopped during document sending by using the Stop button. The number of jobs exceeded the limit.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in separate parts.
This fault occurs in Fax receive of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full, (File File management area full
full, append record error)
Initial Actions
Procedure Power OFF/ON
Check with sender to divide the sent job.
Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
Procedure Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
Procedure Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel. No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel.
Procedure Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
Timeout occurs in file error COMM file access or file handler does not send back error code at
error occurrence.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
There is a MCU PWB Data failure. Data storage address corruption occurred. Procedure
Ensure that the DIMMs are installed correctly.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the MCU PWB E-PROM is secure on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem continues, replace the DIMMs (PL 9.2).
Ensure that the last software has been loaded. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB electrical connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y N
Secure the connectors.
Reload software. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Ensure that the DIMMs are installed correctly.
The Drum Motor is not rotating at the specified speed. The Main Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.
Procedure Procedure
Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.
Execute Component Control [042-001 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard.
Execute Component Control[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard. Y N
Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly is
Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly (PL installed correctly.
1.1) is installed correctly. Y N
Y N Install the Main Drive Assembly correctly.
Install the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) correctly.
Check the wire between J410 and J214 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1B). The
Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
7). The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting without an open circuit or a short Y N
circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly.
Y N
Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly. Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure.
Y N Foreign substances or installation failure are found.
Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure. Y N
Foreign substances or installation failure are found. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1).
Y N
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installa-
tion failure.
Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installa-
tion failure. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
BSD-ON:10.6
the OCT Home Sensor 1 did not actuate in time after the OCT1 Motor energized.
Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.2).
Execute Component Control [047-205 OCT Home Sensor 1]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 1
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J117, P/J613, P/J432. Connections are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect connectors
Check the wire between P/J117 and P/J432 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.6 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Alternately execute Component Control [047-001 Offset Motor 1 (CW)] and Component Con-
trol [047-005 Offset Motor 1 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J432 and P/J206. Connections are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect connectors
Check the wire between P/J432 and P/J206 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.6 Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 1 between J206-1 (COM) and each point of J206-
2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm.
Y N
Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit.
Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-503 047-211
A
047-212 OCT 2 RAP Replace the MCUPWB (PL 9.1).
BSD-ON:10.7
the OCT Home Sensor 2 did not actuate in time after the OCT2 Motor energized.
Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.1).
Execute Component Control [047-206 OCT Home Sensor 2]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 2
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J111, P606, J606, P/J434. Connections are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect connectors
Check the wire between P/J111 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Alternately execute Component Control [047-003 Offset Motor 2 (CW)] and Component Con-
trol [047-004 Offset Motor 2 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J207, P606, J606, and P/J433. Connections are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect connectors
Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7
Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 2 between J207-1 (COM) and each point of J207-
2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm.
Y N
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4).
Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P421-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit.
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
047-212 2-504 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP 047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP
BSD-ON: BSD-ON:1.2/3.2
A Different type of Finisher connection was detected. Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Duplex Module.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 / Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 /
BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit. circuit or a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC. voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Exit Module. A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Finisher Module.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Connect the connectors. Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between P/J421 and P/J431 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.2 Flag
2). The wire between P/J421 and P/J431 is conducting without an open circuit or a short Check the wire between P/J416 and J8989 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4).
circuit. The wire between P/J416 and J8989 is conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
Y N cuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the HCF Module.
Initial Actions
Check the HCF harness connections to the IOT.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the connection of each HCF PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between PF/JF03 and P/J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.8).
The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the HCF PWB () If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value. The ROS Motor rotation speed does not reach the specified value within the specified time
after the ROS Motor started rotating.
Procedure The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.
Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connec- Procedure
tions are connected correctly.
Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connec-
Y N
tions are connected correctly.
Connect P/J406 and P/J140. Y N
Connect P/J406 and P/J140.
Check the wires between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J160 and P/J170. P/J160 and P/J170 are connected cor-
Y N
rectly.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Connect P/J160 and P/J170.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1)
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 1).
The wire between J406 and J130 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute Component Control[061-200 ROS MOTOR ON]. The ROS Motor can be heard.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 2).
The voltage is +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2
Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Clean the fan.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[042-003 ROS FAN ON].Check for noise in the rotation of the ROS
Fan (PL 3.1). The ROS Fan is rotating.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J407-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag
3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J407 and J219 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J407 and J219 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The IPS EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation. Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con- Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
nected. nected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Switch on the power. The problem persists. Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Return to Service Call Procedures Y N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the wire between P/J751 and P750, and between P/J752 and P750 for an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.5 Flag 1). The wires between P/J751 and P750, and between
P/J752 and P750 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The Platen Interlock is open. Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed. Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly. Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the installation of the Platen Angle Sensor. The Platen Angle Sensor is installed cor-
rectly. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N Y N
Install the Platen Angle Sensor correctly. Connect the connectors.
Execute Component Control [062-301 Platen Angle Sensor]. Open and close the Platen Check the wire between P/J720, P/J7193 and P/J320 for an open circuit or a short circuit
Cover. The display changes. (BSD 3.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J720, 719, and J320 is conducting without an
Y N open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J725 and P/J722. P/J725 and P/J722 are connected cor- Y N
rectly. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Connect P/J725 and P/J722. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the wire between J725 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J725 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag
6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag
5).
Actuate the Platen Angle Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4).
A software error was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB. The IPS EEPROM failed during a read/write operation.
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 8 Firmware version. The firmware is the latest version. Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Y N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Initial Actions An error occurred while counting the pulses of the Carriage Motor.
Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged. After the Carriage Motor turned On, the IIT Registration Sensor did not turn On within the spec-
Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade. ified time.
Procedure
Procedure Check the Carriage Rail for dirt or contamination or distortion. Dirt or contamination or distor-
Remove the Platen Glass. Execute Component Control [062-017 CCD Fan]. The CCD Fan tion is found in the Carriage Rail.
Y N
operates.
Clean the rails or correct the distortion (PL 11.4).
Y N
Replace the CCD Fan (PL 6.4).
Execute Component Control [062-212 IIT Registration Sensor]. Actuate the IIT Registration
Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Check CCD Fan connections and wiring for damage.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J728 and P/J7193. P/J728 and P/J7193 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J728 and P/J7193.
Check the wire between J728 and J7193 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3
Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J728 and J7193 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag
2/Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag
2).
Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4).
Alternately execute Component Control[062-005 Carriage Motor SCAN ON] and Component
Control[062-006 Carriage Motor RETURN ON]. The Carriage Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connection P/J721. P/J721 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J721.
Check the wires on J721 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The
wires on J721 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
062-357, 062-360 2-514 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Measure the resistance of the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). The resistance between J721- 062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP
1/2 and J721-3/4/5/6 is approx. 1Ohm.
Y N BSD-ON: 6.3/6.2
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5).
The amount of light from Exposure Lamp is inadequate which gets incident on CCD at the start of
scan or at the initialization of IIT after power on.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P721-1/2 (+) and GND (-)(BSD
6.3 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination
and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens,
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) mirror or the white correcting plate is found.
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Y N
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Execute Component Control [062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231.
Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire
between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P7231-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P7231-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J700 and P/J7101.
At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it
should when it receives a specified amount of light. should when no light is incident on it.
Procedure Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, nected.
mirror or the white correcting plate is found. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.
Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Execute Component Control[062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up. Y N
Y N Return to Service Call Procedures
Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231
are connected correctly. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3)
Y N If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231.
Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3
Flag 4). The wire between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P723-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J700 and P/J7101.
The carriage scanned beyond safe limits. The IIT/IPS PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation.
The Shading Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.
Procedure The Gap Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con- The ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) failed.
nected.
Y N
Procedure
Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
nected.
Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Return to Service Call Procedures
Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures
An internal processing error occurred in the IIT/IPS PWB. IISS ROM Failure.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) connector. The connectors are Check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWS (PL 11.3).
securely connected.
Y N Check that the prom on the IIT/IPS PWB is seated properly.
Connect the connectors.
If the above checks are OK, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Switch on the power.
If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Perform Max Setup if the IIT/IPS PWB was replaced.
If the problem persists, replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3).
Perform DADF Registration Setup (ADJ 15.1.4).
Procedure
Ask the customer to verify that the document is not a prohibited document. Refer to Prohibited Doc-
uments in SGS 12.
If the document is not prohibited, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7).
The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/
Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-206 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
071-210 2-522 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.1 BSD-ON:7.1
The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 1 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8
Y N
Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
Replace the Transport Roll.
or a short circuit.
Y N
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Execute Component Control[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2).
The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-525 072-101
A B
072-105 Tray 2 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.7 Y N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Initial Actions circuit.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7).
The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control[071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
072-105 2-526 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Failure RAP Y N
Check the connections of P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409
BSD-ON:7.8
are connected correctly.
Y N
After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn On within the
Connect P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409.
specified time.
Check the wire between J102 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag
Initial Actions 2/Flag 3). The wire between J102 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
Reload paper in the tray correctly. a short circuit.
Remove foreign substances in the tray. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 3).
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 2).
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/ Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
J409 are connected correctly. Y N
Y N Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/
Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.
Execute Component Control[071-207 Tray 2 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Initial Actions Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.
Reload the tray correctly.
Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Initial Actions
Remove and reinsert Tray 2
Power OFF/ON
Realign paper in the tray
Procedure
Object other than paper is in the tray
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [072-211] occurs.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator. Procedure
1. Tray Level Sensor
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is 2. Drive system from motor to bottom plate
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes. Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Y N
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/ Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
J841 P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y N
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
Y N
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-529 073-101
A
073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.4 Y N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
rectly.
the specified time.
Y N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Initial Actions
If a grinding noise was reported or is heard and accompanies the 073-102 code, there Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
may be incorrect gear mesh between TTM Takeaway Clutch (PL 13.8) and its drive gear, 1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
located to the right. Loosen the bracket fixing screws and reposition bracket for best gear circuit or a short circuit.
mesh without binding. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
Procedure (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed
Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2).
The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
073-102 2-530 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
073-105 Tray 3 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.4/8.7
Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
specified time.
Y N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
Procedure 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Transport Roll.Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in
the paper transport path.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
path.
away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y N
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
rectly.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
Y N
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
Y N
1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
Connect P/J104.
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
Y N
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
12.6/PL 13.8).
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control [071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-531 073-105
A
073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Failure RAP Execute Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
BSD-ON:7.9/7.11 Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
After the 2TM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn
J549 are connected correctly.
On within the specified time.
Y N
After the TTM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.
On within the specified time.
Initial Actions Check the wire between J101B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9
Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101B and J549 is con-
Reload paper in the tray correctly.
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Remove foreign substances in the tray. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
and P/J549 are connected correctly. Flag 2 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage
Y N
changes.
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Y N
Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
073-210 2-532 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
073-211 Tray 3 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 3 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.3/7.5 BSD-ON:7.1
The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 3 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Initial Actions Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Power OFF/ON Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Procedure Y N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J220A,
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
12.3/PL 13.6).
Y N Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor.
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connec-
tors are connected correctly. Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Y N
7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting
Connect the connectors.
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5).
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5).
Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).
Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-535 074-101
A
074-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP Y N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.4
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
the specified time.
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
rectly.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
074-102 2-536 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
074-103 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
BSD-ON:3.3/8.3/8.4
changes.
Y N
After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
the specified time.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
Procedure away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y N
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
Y N
rectly.
Replace the Transport Roll.
Y N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
Y N
1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).
Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-537 074-103
A B
074-105 Tray 4 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
BSD-ON:7.9/8.2/8.7 Y N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Initial Actions circuit.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control [073-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J204. P/J204 and P/J204 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J204 and P/J204.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
074-105 2-538 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Failure RAP Execute Component Control [071-209 Tray 4 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
BSD-ON:7.10/7.12 Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661A and P/
After the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn
J549 are connected correctly.
On within the specified time.
Y N
After the TTM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn Connect P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549.
On within the specified time.
Initial Actions Check the wire between J101A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10
Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101A and J549 is con-
Reload paper in the tray correctly.
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Remove foreign substances in the tray. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J220A, P/J661A Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10
and P/J549 are connected correctly. Flag 2 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage
Y N
changes.
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549.
Y N
Replace the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-539 074-210
074-211 Tray 4 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 4 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.4/7.6 BSD-ON:7.1
The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 4 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Measure the resistance of the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). (Between
Y N
P205-1 and P205-2). The resistance is approx. 90Ohm.
Set the guide correctly.
Y N
Replace the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2).
Check the installation of the MPT. The MPT is installed correctly.
Y N
Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.1 Flag
Install the MPT correctly.
1). The wire between P205 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Y N
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J104 and P/J403.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control [089-002 Registration Clutch ON]. The Registration Clutch (PL
2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J215 and P/J403. P/J215 and P/J403 are connected cor-
rectly.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-543 077-101
A
077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
BSD-ON:10.2
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the speci-
fied time. Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Initial Actions Y N
Power OFF/ON Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Fuser correctly.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit 1
Gate is free to move.
Y N
Repair as required.
Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL
6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory.
Y N
Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5).
Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
077-103 2-544 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
BSD-ON:10.2
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor turned Off before the specified
time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Fuser correctly.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-545 077-104
A
077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP Execute Component Control [091-004 DTS ON]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB
P/J403A-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:9.4/10.2 Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn On within the speci-
fied time. Check the wire between P/J403A-5 and P/J500-11 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
9.4 Flag 1). The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting without an open circuit or a
Initial Actions short circuit.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Re place the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS (PL
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
9.1). if the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Install the Fuser correctly.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
077-106 2-546 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
BSD-ON:10.3/10.4
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn On within the specified
J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
time.
Y N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control [047-024 Exit Gate Solenoid ON]. The Exit Gate Solenoid (PL
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly.
6.4) starts up and the gates start switching.
Y N
Y N
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.
Check the wire between P/J209 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.4 Flag 3). The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
or a short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Measure the resistance of the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) between J209-1 and J209-2
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
(BSD 10.4 Flag 4). The resistance is approx. 160Ohm.
Y N
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit 1 Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB
Gate is free to move.
(PL 9.1).
Y N
Repair as required. Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL
6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory.
Y N
Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5).
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes to H.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-547 077-109
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP 077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP
BSD-ON:10.3/10.4 BSD-ON:8.7/9.3
After the Exit 2 Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Paper remains on the Exit 2 Sensor.
Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).
Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of
J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J104 and P/J403.
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-549 077-129
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
BSD-ON:8.7/9.3
10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
In the case where there is non-stop Duplex feed, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within
Y N
the specified time after the Duplex Sensor turned On.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
Power On/Off 8.1).
Procedure Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly.
Y N
Y N
Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Install the DUP Module correctly.
10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
8.1).
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.
Check the wire between P/J104 and P/J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).
Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes to L.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes to L.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).
Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).
Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
A Tray Module with different specifications is connected. The IOT Front Cover is open.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor- Check the installation of the Front Cover Interlock Switch. The Front Cover Interlock Switch
rectly. is installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Install the Front Cover Interlock Switch correctly.
Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are con- Execute Component Control [071-303 Front Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT
nected correctly. Front Cover. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Check the connections of P/J121 and P/J405. P/J121 and P/J405 are connected cor-
rectly.
Turn on the power again. [077-211] reoccurs. Y N
Y N Connect P/J121 and P/J405.
End
Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag
Check the wire between P/J541 and P/J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting without an open circuit or
3 / BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an a short circuit.
open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) between J405-3 and
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The J405-4 (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting
voltage is approx. +5VDC. successfully when the Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is
Y N open.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Replace the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1).
Replace the 2TM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the problem
persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions Check the connections of P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301. P/J521, P/
Power OFF/ON J523 and P/J300, P/J301 are connected correctly.
The L/H Cover Assembly is open. Y N
Connect P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly. The L/H Cover Assembly can be Check the wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 for an open circuit or a
opened/closed. short circuit. The wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 are conducting
Y N without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Reinstall the L/H Cover Assembly (PL 2.6). Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Cover Interlock Switch is
installed correctly. Measure the voltage between the ESS PWB P301-3 (+) and GND (-). The
Y N voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Install the L/H Cover Interlock Switch correctly. Y N
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Execute Component Control [071-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H
Cover Assembly. The display changes. Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J120 and P/J405. P/J120 and P/J405 are connected cor- Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
rectly.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Connect P/J120 and P/J405.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) between J405-1 and
J405-2 (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting
successfully when the L/H Cover Assembly is closed, and is insulated when the
cover is open.
Y N
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6).
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J526 and P/J400. P/J526 and P/J400 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J526 and P/J400.
A B C D
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-553 077-301
077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP 077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP
BSD-ON:1.4 BSD-ON:1.4
Opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. Opening/closing of the DUP Cover.
Procedure Procedure
Check opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed.
Check opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The Left Cover of the 2TM or
Y N
TTM can be opened/closed.
Reinstall the DUP Cover.
Y N
Reinstall the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).
Check the installation of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). The Duplex Open Switch is
Check the installation of the Tray Module Interlock Switch. The Tray Module interlock Switch installed correctly.
Y N
is installed correctly.
Y N Install the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) correctly.
Install the Tray Module interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-305 Duplex Open Switch]. Open and close the DUP
Cover. The display changes.
Execute Component Control [071-301 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and
Y N
close the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The display changes.
Check the connections of P/J124 and P/J541. P/J124 and P/J541 are connected cor-
Y N
Check the connections of P/J554, FS812 and FS813. P/J554, FS812 and FS813 are rectly.
Y N
connected correctly.
Connect P/J124 and P/J541.
Y N
Connect P/J554, FS812 and FS813.
Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or
Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 for an open
a short circuit.
circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between J554-2 and FS812,
Y N
and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting without an open circuit or a short
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) between J541-4 and J541-5
(BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541-4 and J541-5 is connecting success-
Check the conductivity of the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) fully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open.
Y N
between FS813 and FS812 (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between FS813 and
Replace the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1).
FS812 is connecting successfully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and
is insulated when the cover is open.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch. The Exit 2 Interlock Switch is installed Check the installation of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Lower Cover Inter-
correctly. lock Switch is installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Exit 2 Interlock Switch correctly. Install the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-304 Exit 2 Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT L/H-H Execute Component Control [071-302 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the L/H
Cover. The display changes. Lower Cover. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. The P/J434, P/J116, Check the connections of P/J106 and P/J410. P/J106 and P/J410 are connected cor-
P606, J606 and SJ1 are connected correctly. rectly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. Connect P/J106 and P/J410.
Check the wire between J434 and J116 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag Check the wire between J106 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J434 and J116 is conducting without an open circuit or 1/Flag 2). The wire between J106 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4) between J434-12 and J434- Check the conductivity of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) between J410-11
13 (BSD 1.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J434-12 and J434-13 is connecting and J410-12 (BSD 1.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J410-11 and J410-12 is con-
successfully when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover necting successfully when the L/H Lower Cover is closed, and is insulated when
is open. the cover is open.
Y N Y N
Replace the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4). Replace the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal within the specified time. Due to MCU PWB control failure, the Main Motor does not stop when no paper is being fed.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed from The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Registration Sensor within the specified time.
Tray 6 (HCF).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on. Check for out-of-spec paper.
Check for out-of-spec paper. Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Procedure Execute Component Control [089-100 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor.
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 2 The display changes.
Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N Go to 8.7 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Go to 8.2 BSD and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact: Reg Sensor P/J104-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-B8
Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-2 to MCU PWB P/J410-14 Reg Sensor P/J104-1 to MCU PWB P/J403-B13
Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-15 Reg Sensor P/J104-3 to MCU PWB P/J403-B3
Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-13 If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 2.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If OK, replace the Tray Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
9.1). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise
from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor.
Execute Component Control [077-003 Takeaway Clutch]. There is operation noise from the Y N
Takeaway Clutch 1. Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement
Y N points below.
Go to 8.2 BSD and check the Takeaway Clutch for an open. JF57-3 to pins 1/2
JF57-4 to pins 5/6
Check the following: If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.
Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF and IOT for a poor docking Check the following:
HCF Transport Belt for poor tension Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Drive gears for wear/breakage
HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Drawer Connectors and contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Drive gears for wear/breakage If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the
If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown
MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown.
The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Feed Out Sensor within the specified time. The Tray 1 Level Sensor did not actuate in time after the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor energized.
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
Execute Component Control [071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409.
Check the wires between P/J100 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.7 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wires between P/J100 and P/J409 are conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
078-104 , 078-210 2-558 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Cannot read from and/or write to the NVM in HCF Module.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J409-A7 (+) and P/J409-A8 (-) (BSD 7.7
Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Initial Actions
Y N Power OFF/ON
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J409-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7
Check wires and connectors between the HCF and the IOT.
Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y N Reload Software. If the problem continues, replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
Check the paper transport drives and repair as required (PL 2.3).
The HCF Top Cover Interlock is open. HCF Docking Interlock Open. The HCF and the IOT were undocked.
Check the wires between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and FS001 on the HCF Top
Cover Interlock Switch, and between FS002 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch
and JF05-2 on the HCF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good,
replace the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 18.7).
The problem could be misalignment between the HCF Top Cover and the HCF Top Cover Interlock
Switch. Check if the Switch/Cover is improperly installed and if the actuator is broken or bent. If OK,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray
6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to 8.8 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB PF01-1
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor: 640mm/s]. There is opera-
tion noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement
points below.
JF57-3 to pins 1/2
JF57-4 to pins 5/6
If OK, go to 7.14 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.
There is a problem with one of the following: HCF Paper Size Mismatch.
HCF Lift, Lift Motor
HCF Feed Motor Initial Actions
Use recommended paper sizes
Procedure Procedure
Enter Component Control [078-003 or 004 Tray 6 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 6 Feed/Lift Check connectors JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53 are connected correctly. The
Motor (PL 18.4) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). connectors are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of JF57 and JF06. JF57 and JF06 are connected correctly. Connect JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53.
Y N
Connect JF57 and JF06. Enter Component Control [078-202, Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter)]. Actuate the sensor with a
piece of paper. The display changes.
Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the mea- Y N
surement points below. Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
JF57-3 to pins 1/2 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor JF51-2 to HCF PWB JF01-11
JF57-4 to pins 5/6 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-3 to HCF PWB JF01-12
If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-1 to HCF PWB JF01-10
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray
6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Component Control [078-203, Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3)]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of
Y N paper. The display changes.
Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Y N
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-2 to HCF PWB JF01-8
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB PF01-1 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-3 to HCF PWB JF01-9
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-1 to HCF PWB JF01-7
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3).
Component Control [078-204, Tray 6 In Sensor]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-2 to HCF PWB JF01-5
Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-3 to HCF PWB JF01-6
Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-1 to HCF PWB JF01-4
If OK, replace the Tray 6 In Sensor (PL 18.1) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Ensure the paper guilds are adjusted correctly to the paper size.
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3
(2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray
is opened).
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).
Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-563 078-945
A B
078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD
7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
There is a problem with the TTM Tray 4 Lift.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
Procedure 7.12 Flag 2).
Enter Component Control [071-004 or 073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/ Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes.
Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N
Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are
connected correctly. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
Y N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3
(2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray
is opened).
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).
Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
078-946 2-564 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
081-799 Registered Destination RAP
The Fax Send destination telephone number is not registered in the Address Book.
Initial Actions
Check the entries in the Address Book.
Check the Send destination telephone number and repeat the operation.
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists The
problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure Procedure
Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum. Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum.
Y N Y N
There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures. There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1).
The Waste Toner Bottle is not in the correct position. The Waste Toner Bottle is full.
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Waste Toner Bottle. Waste Toner Bottle installation is correct. Check the contents level of the Waste Toner Bottle. The Waste Toner Bottle is full.
Y N Y N
Correct the installation problem by checking for damaged mounting points. Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Bottle Sensor and MCU
PWB. The circuit is free of damage.
Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Position Sensor and MCU Y N
PWB. The circuit is free of damage. Repair the circuit as required.
Y N
Repair the circuit as required. Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle Full Sen-
sor operating voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner
Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle sensor operat- Bottle is full.
ing voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner Bottle is cor- Y N
rectly installed. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Position Sensor There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL
(PL 4.2). 4.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Waste Toner Bottle. If the problem persists, return to the beginning of the RAP.
The Xerographics Drum is not installed. It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB correctly (PL 4.2).
Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J407.
Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J142.
Check the wire between J419 and P1126 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1). The
wire
is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1). Thevoltageis
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the XERO CRUM PWB
(PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
There is a failure with communication between the Xero CRUM and MCU PWB. The Control Logic detected incorrect data on the Xero CRUM.
An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was just installed. Install the correct Xerographics Drum
Module.
Initial Actions
Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area:
NA/EU = 3
DMO-E/W = 12
All the World = 512
Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type:
Metered = 3
Sold = 2
Neutral = 31
Procedure
Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was installed. Verify the position of the Xerographics
Drum Module. Install the correct Xerographics Drum Module.
Procedure Procedure
Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h
e Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h
e
voltages are correct. voltages are correct.
Y N Y N
Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1). 9.1).
Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2). Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1) Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1)
That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly
For Black Toner spills in the machine For Black Toner spills in the machine
Procedure Procedure
Verify that the BTR is near end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The BTR is near end Verify that the BTR Assembly is at end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The BTR
of life. Assembly is at end of life.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the BTR Assembly (PL 2.6).
An internal Controller error shut down the processor. An internal UI controller error shut down the processor.
During transmission between the ESS and the UI an initialization send error or a retrieve error for The required parameters were not sent by the UI.
receiving data was detected by the ESS. A length error was detected in the variable length parameter.
A confirmation message was not received within the specified time when a request message
Initial Actions was sent to the UI.
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection between the ESS and the UI. Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the Control Panel UI PWB (PL Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
11.2).
Procedure
When the Punch dust box full is detected, empty the Punch dust box.
2.To replace either of Media Reader/USB Cable/Expanded Board for Media Reader connection. Procedure
1.Power Off/On
When the problem insists, see CE Manual reference for next step.
2.To check whether the problem is existing failure (to TSC) or not and see CE Manual reference
for next step, when the problem persists.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 9.3). Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #1. Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #2.
If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem occurred during customer usage, replace the Controller ROM. Procedure
Check the installation of the DDR DIMM.
If the problem persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Remove the HD, switch off the power, reinstall the HD, and switch on the power.
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Add memory (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Disable the PostScript option.
Procedure
Procedure
NOTE: When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
and the minor versions.
Check the version of the ROM DIMM and if necessary, replace it with the correct version of the
DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Y N
Connect the connectors. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected.
Y N
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Connect the connectors.
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Y N
Connect the connectors. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected.
Y N
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Connect the connectors.
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected.
The problem persists. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N
Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.
Connect the connectors.
Clear the ESS NVM. (Perform this only after explaining to the user the purpose of clearing recipient
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. information.)
Y N If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Y N
Connect the connectors. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Switch on the power again. The problem persists. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Procedure
If instructions are listed on the UI perform them. Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.
If no instructions are listed on the UI Follow the LCD display and initialize the NVM.
Procedure Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. No action necessary.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
Procedure
Do not start up the ports that are unnecessary. Adjust the various Buffer Memory sizes. Add addi-
tional memory.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
forms/logos that are unnecessary.
Refer customer to User Guide heading Data Encryption to check RAM usage.
Procedure If the problem persists delete logos that are not required by the print job.
Ask customer to check the registered forms using the UI utility and delete the forms that are unnec-
essary.
If the problem persists Ask customer to delete forms that are not required by the print command.
Procedure
Ask customer to increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the UI.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure
No action necessary.
Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.
Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.
Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.
Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.
When Staple was specified, there were no staples. When Staple was specified, there were no staples.
Procedure Procedure
Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin
Cartridge. The display changes. Cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsub- Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsub-
stances and nothing has failed. stances and nothing has failed.
Y N Y N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Check the connections of P/J8731 and P/J8701. P/J8731 and P/J8701 are con- Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and P/J8981 are connected
nected correctly. correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8731 and P/J8701. Connect J8886 and P/J8981.
Check the wire between J8731 and J8701 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21).
12.5). The wire between J8731 and J8701 is conducting without an open circuit or a The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
short circuit. circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7). (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
IC Card Gate EP accessories other than IC Card Gate are connected (set) or IC Card Gate and
other EP accessories are installed together (set).
Procedure
To change System Data (Chain-Link) to prevent Detection condition.
(For example, If Card Auditron Level2/IC Card Auditron Level2 in Network Accounting mode is
requested, Customize User Prompts shall be set to both or prompt 1 only.
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
However, necessary machine settings shall be made before Controller NVM are initialized for If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
FCW/MCW panel configuration.
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Initial Actions The H/W connection in the UI is faulty and the internal connection isnt detected.
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Procedure Power Off/On
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 13.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 13.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 13.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
There is an error in the product designation nomenclature. There is an error in the product serial number.
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
The machine codes do not match. The serial numbers did not match.
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
There is an error in product mode of operation. There is an error in all modes of product operation.
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1)
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
There is a mismatch between the software key and the type of product. There is a mismatch between the software key and any type of product.
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1)
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
A write error occurred in the ESS PWB SEEPROM. A failure occurred when setting the M/C serial number.
Procedure Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the connection of each ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and FAX PWB (PL 9.1) connector. The
connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
The billing counters in multiple locations are all different. Billing counter auto repair failed.
Procedure Procedure
Power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Com-
pare the 3 serial numbers The 3 serial numbers match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1)
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Rebooting fails.
Procedure
1. Replace IOT
A decompression error occurred in an ESS ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit). An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.
Procedure
Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
The Font ROM could not be detected. An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.
Procedure If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The
problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM is installed. The system detected that an incorrect ROM DIMM is installed.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2). Check that the prescribed DDR DIMM (PL 9.2) is installed.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.
If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1.
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.
If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.
Y N
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Due to an error in the software of the IOT Manager, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reinstall or replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Due to an error in the software of the IOT IM Device Driver, subsequent processes cannot be per- Procedure
formed. Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected.
Procedure Y N
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Connect the connectors.
If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely No action necessary.
connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. Ask customer to check the job setup.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check the job setup. Paper is output to Center Tray instead of designated tray.
(1) Paper of different size from paper size designated with duplex designation is fed.
-When size mismatch occurs, paper is output to the designated tray while Simplex is designated
and to Sub Tray while Duplex is designated.
-On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed
when Sheet Delivered is received from IOT, with the message, Copying in progress displayed
after Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped.
-Decurler failure and Puncher failure shall be handled not as SubSystemFail but as LocalFail.
-On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed
when SheetDelivered is received from IOT, with the message, Copying in progress displayed
after
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check the job setup. Output paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter.
Procedure
Power OFF/ON.
If the above checks are OK, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the LPD, subsequent processes cannot be There is an error in Mail I/O processing.
performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
There is an IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) error. Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the JME, subsequent processes cannot be
performed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
The parameter value is incorrect due to reasons such as excessive length. A parameter value exceeds the range or the required parameter is not sent.
The specified data does not exist (incorrect number or channel). Corrupted data interrupted a read on the specified data.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Procedure Procedure
Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3). Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3).
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power Off/On. Turn the power Off/On.
An error during Fax Controller software processing caused a Fax shutdown. The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time to boot.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time. The controller reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 board. A message not specified in I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Service Call Procedures. Service Call Procedures.
Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Service Call Procedures. Service Call Procedures.
Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
An FAX PWB download could not be completed when either a FAX PWB or Fax Controller software The Fax Report mailbox did not open.
failure occurred.
Procedure
Procedure Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
*To automatically print received FAX/IFAX document, M/C automatically selects paper tray and
any of the following occurs when tray is selected:
-Selected tray is set as inapplicable tray to fax document printing. M/C selects then bypass tray
to continue printing.
-Paper size inapplicable to fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue
printing.
-Paper type unusable for fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue
printing.
-When error does not correspond to any of the above cases, selected tray may have failure.
*This error occurs also if any of the above four cases is detected when customer manually
selects paper tray to print document from mailbox.
Procedure
- To set paper size applicable to fax document printing.?
Plain paper, Quality paper, Recycle paper, Used paper and user-defined paper are applicable.
-To take any of the following actions when Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper
Size is set to Enable:
(1) To add tray number that customer wants to designate for printing, to [Function setting]-->[FAX
operation control]-->[Tray mode].
(2) To select tray number to be used for printing by customer, among trays set for [Function setting]-
->[FAX operation control]-->[Tray mode].
The parameter value is incorrect or the required parameter is not sent. A failure is detected on the FAX PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The problem persists. Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The connectors are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Tray 3: Component Control [071-212 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW5]
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Tray 4: Component Control [071-200 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW5]
Y N
Set the guide correctly. The display changes.
Y N
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Check the connections of the following connectors:
Y N
Set the guide correctly. Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412
Check the installation of the relevant Paper Size Switch. The relevant Paper Size Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412
Switch is installed correctly.
Y N Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548
Install the relevant Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1/PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
The connectors are connected correctly.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Connect the connectors.
The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-717 OF 1, OF 2
A
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9 The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14 Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7 Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4
approx. +3.3VDC).
Y N Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL
13.8)). Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-1 The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB:
approx. +3.3VDC).
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-6 Y N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).
Tray 3: TM PWB P548-11
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
Tray 4: TM PWB P548-4
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-3
Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-8
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/
PL 13.8)). Tray 3: TM PWB P548-13
Check the connections of the following connectors: Activate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence. The voltage changes.
Y N
Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412 Replace the relevant Size Sensor.
Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412 Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).
Go to BSD 1.1 and check circuit between P/J521 on Power Unit and P/
J387 on ESS PWB.
A B C D
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-719 OF 3, OF 4
A B C D
Check Fuse 2 on the ESS PWB. If OK then replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Go to BSD 2.3 and check circuit between P/J1 on Control Panel and P/J388 on ESS
PWB.
Distortion
Misplaced characters
Lines or spots
Non-responsive icons
Some illumination in the Touch Screen
The Touch Screen exhibits one of the above characteristics.
Y N
Characters are visible when shining flashlight onto display.
Y N
Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).
Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).
Defect Samples
Image Defect Samples .................................................................................................... 3-23
Auger Mark...................................................................................................................... 3-23
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) ........................................................................ 3-24
White Streaks (Process Direction) .................................................................................. 3-24
Black Bands .................................................................................................................... 3-25
Toner Contamination....................................................................................................... 3-25
Toner Splattering............................................................................................................. 3-26
White Spots (Irregular) .................................................................................................... 3-26
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) ..................................................................... 3-27
Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) ................................. 3-27
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) .......... 3-28
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) .......................................... 3-29
Transparency Blocking.................................................................................................... 3-29
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original ............................................................... 3-30
Procedure Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.
Y N Y N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass. Use paper within specifications.
Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.
is clean and there is no distortion. Y N
Y N End
Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. reoccurs.
The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob- substances or distortions in the paper delivery path.
lem reoccurs. Y N
Y N Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion.
End
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is
heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.
There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob- The problem reoccurs.
lem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface lem reoccurs.
of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N
Y N End
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1) Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable hor-
Y N izontal surface.
Use paper within specifications. Y N
Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface.
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.
Y N Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
End The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The End
problem reoccurs.
Y N Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed.
End Y N
Install the Paper Cassette correctly.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs. Check for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery
Y N path.
End Y N
Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part.
Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the
BTR. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Y N
Replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs.
Y N
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y N
Clean the paper delivery path.
Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
of the Heat Roll is clean.
Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.
Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there
are no scratches.
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are
approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll).
Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y N Y N
Use paper within specifications. Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
Y N The problem reoccurs.
End Y N
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs. Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
Y N lem reoccurs.
End Y N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs. Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
Y N there is no distortion.
End Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion. Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y N Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Clean the paper delivery path.
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
Y N of the Heat Roll is clean.
End Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). 5.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N
Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft
or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly. Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point
is clean and there is no distortion.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. Y N
The problem reoccurs. Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Y N
End Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob- Y N
lem reoccurs. End
Y N
End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs.
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is
Check the connections of P/J500 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.
Y N There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Connect the connectors. Y N
Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected cor-
Check the wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire rectly.
between J500-4 and J403-A12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
Check the wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 for an open circuit or a Y N
short circuit. The wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 are conduct- Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
ing without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the HVPS. If the problem persists, replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem per-
sists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the wire between J140 and J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire
between J140 and J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Side B (Figure 2) is used to evaluate skips and smears, resolution, and magnification.
In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness con- The center 10 mm reference line on the copy must be 10 mm (plus or minus the ranges listed in the following charts) from the
trol set at the middle of the scale, the 0.20G(Or0.20B) line lead edge of a 100% copy (Figure 1).
pair must be copied completely.
In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness con-
trol set two level lighter from at the middle of the scale, the
0.10 line pair should not copy at all (Figure 1).
Figure 1 1 Skew(j0st3209)
The image deleted intentionally along the lead edge must be 2.0 mm from the lead edge of the copy (Figure 1).(maximum is
4mm)
The image deleted intentionally along the trail edge must be The image deleted intentionally along both of side edge must be 2mm from the side edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is
2mm from the trail edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)
4mm)
Figure 1 Resolution(j0st3213)
[Reduction]
Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 1.8
ladder chart must be completely resolved.
[100% /Enlargement]
Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 2.5
ladder chart must be completely resolved (Figure 1).
NOTE: This may occur immediately after a new CRU is installed. -> Correct by feeding a few sheets of paper.
Figure 1 Black Bands Defect Sample (j0st3220) Figure 1 Toner Contamination Defect Sample (j0st3221)
Cause Cause
1. The developer material is not well mixed. 1. Cloud toner dropped from the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Corrective Action Corrective Action
1. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper. 1. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.
2. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Figure 1 Toner Splattering Defect Sample (j0st3222) Figure 1 White Spots (Irregular) Defect Sample (j0st3223)
Cause Cause
1. Paper size mismatch occurred (tray settings and paper 1. The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions.
size are different). Corrective Action
2. The resistance of the paper increased under dry condi- 1. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.
tions.
Corrective Action
1. Check the tray settings.
2. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.
Figure 1 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3225)
Figure 1 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)
Defect Sample (j0st3224) Cause
1. 94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances
Cause 2. 28mm pitch -> Developer Roll: Developer material fixed on the Developer Roll
1. Transparencies were processed in Plain Paper mode. 3. 44mm pitch -> Charger: Scratches or foreign substances
Corrective Action 4. 80mm pitch -> Fuser H/R: Scratches or foreign substances
1. Select Transparency mode. Corrective Action
1. 1, 4: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.
2. 2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Cause
1. 94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances
2. 28mm pitch -> Magnetic Roll: Developer material fixed
on the Magnetic Roll
3. 44mm pitch -> BCR: Scratches or foreign substances
4. 80mm pitch -> Heat Roll: Scratches or foreign sub-
stances
Corrective Action
Reduce sharpness.
Secondary defect: Text is blurred.
Make copies at a different Reduce/Enlarge ratio.
Change the orientation of the original.
Figure 1 Light Background (in circled area for example) Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames
Defect Sample (j0st3229)
Cause
Auto Exposure performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the Lead Registration Edge. As there
were dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Auto Exposure could not detect the original background density. Therefore,
Auto Exposure was performed based on the density of the frames.
Corrective Action
Disable Auto Exposure.
Cause
As medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for
background detection, the Auto Exposure value fluctuates
according to the result of background detection that varies
according to the variations in the density of the original and
how the original is placed.
Corrective Action
Disable Auto Exposure.
Figure 1 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals Defect Sample (j0st3230)
Cause
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed for lower lpi.
Corrective Action
Make copies in Photo mode.
Secondary defect: Text is blurred.
Change the setting from [More Text] to [Text], and then to [Photo] and [More Photo].
Secondary defect: Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text] settings. Text becomes blurred in
[More Photo] and [Photo] settings.
Cause Cause
Even though CVT streak detection is performed for both color and B/W scans, there may be Interference with the printer screen and printer driver resolution conversion processing by the
cases where foreign substances on the CVT Glass could not be detected and removed. original causes moire.
Cause Cause
In Text mode, text is given priority, causing halftone dot moires. Discoloration occurs during resolution conversion in Fax Send.
Corrective Action Due to separation error in text graphic separation, parts determined as text are darkened and
Change from Text mode to Text & Photo mode or Photo mode. are output as graphics that look like dark smears.
However, as the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode, the machine takes a
Occurrences and severity of the occurrences vary according to the combinations of Send/
longer time for transmission.
Receive type, Send route and Receive settings.
Corrective Action
Perform sending and document storage according to the capabilities of the receiver.
It is possible to suppress resolution conversion during Send/Receive by preventing a mis-
match in Send image quality (resolution).
Change the setting for resolution conversion processing to [More Photo].
Secondary defect: As this reduces the sensitivity for separation between text and photo-
graphs, edges appear less smooth.
22. A Finisher
REP 22.1 A-Finisher ....................................................................................................... 4-173
REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt .................................................................................................. 4-175
REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid ................................................................................... 4-177
REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-179
REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-181
REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor ............................................................................. 4-182
REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-184
REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll..................................................................................................... 4-186
REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor ............................................................................ 4-186
REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor .................................................................................... 4-188
REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly....................................................................... 4-189
REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly................................................................................ 4-191
REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly...................................................................................... 4-194
REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly................................................................................ 4-196
REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB .................................................................................. 4-197
REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly................................................................................ 4-198
REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly............................................................................... 4-199
2 3 1
Remove the screws (2) Remove the Bracket Disconnect the wire clamp
from the bracket
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
a b
Remove the Gear Assembly Disconnect the connector
6. Remove Tray 1.
7. Preparing to remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 3)
1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamps (2).
3. Remove the screws (2).
b a
Remove screws (2) Remove harness
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1 3 2
Remove the screws Disconnect the connec- Remove the wire harness and
(2) tor remove the Gear Assembly
NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diagnostic mode and clear
the counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). 741/511 (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard
Roll: 741/512])
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Remove Tray 1.
2. Slide the guide to the front. (Figure 1)
1. Slide the guide.
Replacement
CAUTION
When installing the Feeder 2 Assembly, be careful to avoid trapping the Gear Assembly Sen-
sor Connector behind the Feeder.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Registration Assembly.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
b a
Remove the screws (2) Remove the wire harness
a b
Remove the Gear Assembly Disconnect the connector
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2 1
Remove the Front L/H Cover Remove the screw (1)
Figure 2 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305)
Figure 1 Removing the Front L/H Cover
3. Remove the L/H Upper Cover.
4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)
1.Disconnect the connector.
2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.
3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.
NOTE: There may be toner in the Toner Box and in the tube. If the Toner Box is turned upside
down or the tube is disconnected from the Toner Box, toner might spill out.
CAUTION
Do not touch the ROS Unit window when holding it up.
8. Remove the ROS Fan and move aside.
Replacement
CAUTION
When connecting the connector of the Toner Crum PWB, be careful not to press too hard such
that the PWB is shifted.
NOTE: When the ROS Unit is being installed, be careful to properly seat the ROS Unit in to the
two locating holes in the machine frame.
Replacement
NOTE: Push in the handle of the Xero/Developer Cartridge until the handle latches securely.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
NOTE: The MPT Feed Roll and MPT Retard Pad must both be replaced at the same time.
1
Feeder
Securing
Screws
Docking Points
3. Release the Docking Latch Spring Lever on the right side of the Docking Base.
4. Pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to un-dock it from the copier/printer.
Replacement
1. Push the HCF toward the two Docking Points on the left side of the printer.
2. Align the two holes in the HCF Docking Base with the two Docking Points on the printer/
copier.
2
Remove the gears
(2)
1
Remove the E-ring
5. At the rear of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure
2)
a. Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft.
b. Slide the Bushing to the left on the Lift Shaft.
NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray
Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling
the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved
farther to the left releasing the cable ends.
3
Remove the cable
ends from the shaft
1
Disengage the Lift Shaft
from the frame
Figure 3 Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable Figure 4 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft
7. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and 8. Removing the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 5, Figure 6)
slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends a. Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley.
that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 4)
b. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray
Cable.
2
Remove the Cables
NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray
Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling
the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved
farther to the right releasing the cable ends.
Figure 7 Lift Shaft front Tray Cable Pulley Figure 8 Preparing to remove the front Tray Cables
4. Remove the E-Rings, Wire Guides, and Pulleys from the front of the HCF Tray. (Figure 8) 2. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and
1. Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys. slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends
that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 9)
2
Remove the Cables
Figure 9 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft Figure 10 Removing the front Tray Cables
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.
2. Release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly to reveal the (3) rolls.
NOTE: For reference purposes, the single roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the
Nudger roll. The double roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Feed Roll. The larger
double roll in the Lower Feeder component is the Retard Roll.
3. Remove each roll by squeezing the rolls shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger
of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF. (Figure 1)
Replacement
1. Install the front Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the rear Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
3. Reinstall the HCF Trays Front Cover.
a. Make sure to raise the gear on the Indicator Shaft so that it meshes with the adjoin-
ing Lift Shaft gear.
b. Replace the (5) Installation Screws.
4. Reinstall the HCF Tray by lining up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF
and pushing the tray into place.
5. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.
Retard
Roll
Lever
3. Slide the Takeaway Roll to the right until the left side is released, then lower the roll to
remove.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter into Diagnostic mode and then clear the DC135HFSI counter.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE: Refer to REP 9.1.1 to remove or replace the MCU PWB EPROM (Figure 1).
NOTE: Refer to REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB to remove or reinstall the ESS PWB EPROM (Figure 1).
3. For the Duplex and Finisher models, remove the cover. (Figure 3)
1.Slide the cover downwards to remove it.
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Glass (j0st41104)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
14. Turn on the power again and repeat Steps 9 and 10.
15. Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications. Repeat Steps 11 to 14 until
L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/-1.6 mm).
16. Check the Side Registration. If it does not fall within the specifications, perform ADJ
11.1.1 IIT Lead/Side Registration Adjustment.
NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. For the Platen models, remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Platen Cover.
4. Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3) Figure 3 Unfastening the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41113)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
5. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4)
1. Remove the spring from the frame.
2. Detach the cable from the spring.
Replacement
1. Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7)
1.Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley.
2.Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds.
3.Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape.
4.Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds.
5.Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.
4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage at the front side. (Figure 11)
1. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Platen Cover or DADF.
2. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1)
3. Move the Full Rate Carriage to the frame notch.
4. Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 1)
1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Remove the screw.
3. Remove the Exposure Lamp.
Replacement
Figure 3 Removing the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41126) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE: Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ
6. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)
11.6.1)
1. Turn over the Full Rate Carriage.
2. Remove the screw.
3. Remove the guide.
4. Disconnect the connector.
5. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness.
6. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 7. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the Feed Out Chute. 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the clamp to remove the wire.
6. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 7. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the Feed Out Chute. 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the clamp to remove the wire.
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. When replacing the 2TM PWB, set the 2TM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown.
(Figure 1)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Front Tray Cable is described here. The
Rear Tray Cable is removed in the same way.
4. Remove the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 3) Replacement
1. Remove the E-Clip. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Slide the bearings (x2).
3. Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.
5. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 4)
1. Remove the screws. 1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. 2. Remove the bracket.
3. Disconnect the connector.
4. Remove the screws (x2).
5. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.
Chain Link: 954-802
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Check the S/W version and upgrade if necessary.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 Lift up the Retard Roll Shaft Figure 3 Removing the Retard Roll
6. Remove the Top Cover with the Wire Harness connected. (Figure 4) 7. Unfasten the Wire Harness. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the screw (1). 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Remove the Stud Bracket. 2. Remove the Topping Screw (1).
3. Remove the stud. 3. Remove the Earth Wire.
4. Remove the Top Cover Assembly. 4. Remove the Tapping Screw (2).
5. Unfasten the Harness Guide.
3. Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover. (Figure 8)
1. Disconnect the connectors (2).
2. Removing the Tapping Screw (3).
3. Removing the Wire Harness (x3) from the square hole.
3. To remove the Nudger Roll rotate the inboard gear of the Torque Limiter until the Nudger
Roll is fully extended. (Figure 2)
Retraining
Clip
Figure 3 Removing the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll Figure 4 Removing the Nudger Roll shaft and the Nudger Roll
5. Remove the Nudger Roll Shaft and remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 4) 6. Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.
7. To remove the Feed Roll, remove the locking tab. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 Removing the Feed Roll Locking Tab Figure 6 Removing the Feed Roll shaft and the Feed Roll
8. Remove the Feed Roll Shaft and remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 6) Replacement
1. Extend the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.
2. Install the Nudger Roll and Nudger Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the
shaft and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 7)
3. Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear. 5. Observe following while installing Upper Feed Chute. (Figure 9)
4. Install the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the shaft Insert the Boss into the U-groove (A).
and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 8) Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot (B).
Install the screw (1)
10. Remove the sensor holder. (Figure 4) 11. Loosen the belt tension. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). 1. Remove the spring.
2. Remove the sensor holder. 2. Loosen the screw.
3. Loosen the belt tension.
4. Remove the E-Clip.
5. Remove the gear.
1 3
Discon- Remove
nect con- the
nector Thumb
and Screw
Cable
Front
Cover
4
Remove
the Hole
Punch
4 3 2 Assem-
Remove the H-Transport Remove Docking Plate Remove the screws (1) bly
Figure 1 Removing the Docking Bracket (j0st41662.jpg)
Replacement 2 1
Remove the Connector Cover and Disconnect the cable
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. disconnect the connector clamp
Replacement
1. Insert the Hole Punch Assembly rear locating pin into the H-Transport frame.
2. Install the Hole Punch Assembly in reverse order of removal.
3
Remove
the
screws
(2) and
remove
the
motor
2 1
Remove the Belt Loosen the screws (2)
Replacement
Replace in reverse order of removal.
The docking
latch release
from the rear of
the Finisher and
Printer
c. With a large common screwdriver release the docking latch by moving the latch
toward the front of the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer. (Figure
2)
1
Using a large
common screw-
driver, move the
docking latch
release toward
the front of the
Finisher
Replacement
1. Align the Printer Docking Bracket with the cut outs in the Finisher Docking Bracket.
2. Mate the Printer and the Finisher until it latches.
3. Check that the Finisher is firmly latched to the Printer.
4. Perform the remainder of the replacement procedure in reverse order of removal.
Removal NOTE: The left side of the Cover is now captured by the Pins and cannot be lifted up.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 1)
a. Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it to the left.
b. Remove the Retaining Screw (1).
c. Push the Latch through the hole in the Cover.
d. Remove the Cover by moving it to the left.
Eject Cover
Retaining
Screw
Pin (2)
Latch
Eject Cover
Latch
Foot Cover
Screw (2)
Screw
1
Discon-
nect the
connec-
tor
2
Remove
Stacker Upper Cover the Sen-
sor
Screw (6)
1
Discon-
nect the
Connec-
tor
2
Remove
wires
from
wire
clamp
Screws
3
Remove
the
screw
(1)
Screws
Connector Cable Clamp
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Stapler
Cover
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2 1 4
Slide the shaft Remove the E-ring Remove the shaft
toward front
Figure 1 Removing the E-ring and brass bearing from the front Eject Roller shaft.
(j0st41719.jpg)
Figure 3 Removing the Compiler Tray screw (j0st41721.jpg) Disconnect spring from the
Holders (3)
NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Holders.
13. Disconnect the springs from the Set Clamp Holders (3). (Figure 4) Figure 4 Disconnecting the Set Clamp Holder springs (3) (j0st41727.jpg)
14. Remove the front E-ring and the bushing from the Set Clamp Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 Removing the front E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41722)t
NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Shaft gear and the cam gear
that it engages. When installing the Set Clamp Shaft these gears must engage in the
Figure 6 Notice the Set Clamp Shaft gear orientation (j0st41723)
same manner. (Figure 6)
15. Remove the rear E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 7)
16. Slide the Gear, Spring and the Bushing away from the frame. (Figure 8) 17. Slide the Set Clamp Shaft to the front to clear the rear frame then slide the Shaft to the
rear and remove it from the Finisher. (Figure 9)
19. Usually this level of Compiler Tray Assembly removal is for the purpose of removing the
18. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 10)
Front or Rear Tamper Motors, or the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensors or the Com-
piler Tray No Paper Sensor.
However if the Compiler Tray Assembly must be completely removed from the Finisher, it
will be necessary to disconnect all of the wire harness connectors to the Tamper Motors,
Tamper Home Sensors and No Paper Sensor and disconnect the wires from all wire har-
ness guides.
Replacement
1. Route the wire harness through the wire guides and connect the proper connectors to the
No Paper Sensor, the Tamper Home Sensors and the Tamper Motors.
2. Place the Compiler Tray Assembly into position.
3. Install the Set Clamp Shaft front end into the front frame. (Figure 11)
4. Slide the Shaft toward the front until the rear end of the Shaft can be inserted into the rear
frame. (Figure 11)
2
Insert
the rear
end of
the Shaft
into the
rear
frame
5. Slide the 3 Set Clamp Holders with Springs into the correct location on the Shaft. (Figure
12) Figure 12 Preparing to install the Holder Springs (3) (j0st41729)
6. Install the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear end of the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 13)
Figure 13 Installing the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear of the Shaft (j0st41724) Figure 14 Aligning the Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41723)
7. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft until the Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown in 8. Attach the Spring to the gear and slide the Gear into position.
Figure 14. Then position the 2 gears into the configuration as shown in Figure 14. 9. Ensure that the 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown Figure 15
and install the E-ring.
11. Ensure that the Set Clamp Holder Springs are connected. (Figure 17)
Shaft Gear Pinion Gear
Install the E- Flag
position on Pin- position
ion Gear ring
10. Install the Bushing onto the front end of the Set Clamp Shaft and install the E-ring. (Figure
16)
Figure 17 Attaching the Set Clamp Holder Springs (3) (j0st41727) Figure 18 Preparing to install the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41732)
12. Install the Eject Roll Shaft. b. Install the brass bearing, the Gear and the E-ring onto the rear of the Eject Roll
a. Place the Eject Roll Shaft into position in the front and rear frame. (Figure 18) Shaft. (Figure 19)
2
Install the
Gear
3
Install the E-ring
Figure 20 Installing the brass bearing and E-ring on the front of the Shaft (j0st41719)
Figure 19 Installing the Eject Roll Shaft rear parts (j0st41720)
13. Install the Compiler Tray screw (1).
c. Install the brass bearing and E-ring onto the front of the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 20) 14. Install the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5)
15. Install the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8)
16. Install the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16)
17. Install the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7)
18. Install the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6)
19. Install the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)
20. Install the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2)
21. Dock the SB Finisher to the Printer IOT. (REP 16.2.1)
NOTE: Pull out the Cable Tie to obtain additional slack in the wires.
Guard Thumbscrew
Locating Pins
Stacker Tray
Screws
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Screws
Connectors
Screw
Screws
Finisher PWB
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
4
Remove
the
screws
(2)
3
Discon-
nect the
connec-
tor
2 1
Remove the screw (1) Remove wires from guide
Replacement
Replace in reverse order of removal.
Rear
Tamper
Home
Sensor
Remove
the
screw
(1)
1
Discon-
nect the
connec-
tor
b. With a 6 inch common screwdriver, move the belt Clamp latch aside and remove the
Stacker Belt and Carriage Assembly.
2
Release
latch and
remove
Belt
3
Remove
the Car-
riage
Assem-
bly
Thumbscrew (2)
Connectors
Booklet PWB
Screws
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Eject Cover
Connector
Locating Pins
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Screw
Booklet
Side Cover
Screws
Tapping
Screws
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Side Cover (j0st41676)
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Booklet
Rear Cover
Screw
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Tapping
Screw
Screws Booklet
PWB Cover
Screws
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Screws
Chute
Screw Stapler
Rear Cover
Clip
Screws
Connector
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Connector Clip
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
A-Finisher
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
7. Remove the Paddle Link Assembly. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the Shaft Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1)Remove Paddle Link Assembly. (1)Remove Paddle Belt from Pulley.
(2)Remove Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrow.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install the Paddle Link Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 9)
Figure 2 Removing the front Bearing (j0fa42216) Figure 3 Removing the rear Bearing (j0fa42217)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Figure 2 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42222) Figure 3 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42223)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back
on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back
on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll
Assembly (PL 22.5).
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install the Stacker Tray Assembly and A-Finisher as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 1 Removing the rear Bracket (j0fa42252)
Clamp (4)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Sensor
Sensor
Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)
Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (af422108)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)
Figure 4 Removing the Actuator and Bearing (j0fa42275)
(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows.
(2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. 7. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5)
(3)Remove Belt from Pulley. (1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Bearing.
Figure 3 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0fa42274) Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42276)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 7)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 3)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows.
(2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow.
(3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Check
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Print Test Pattern and enter test pattern number 58.
3. Under Paper Supply select Tray 6 (HCF) and select Save.
4. Press the Start button.
5. Measure the distance from the last horizontal line to the edge of the paper on the inboard
end and the outboard end of the page. The measurement should be 10mm =/- 0.5mm.
(Figure 1)
6. If the measurement is not within specifications, perform the adjustment. Do not perform
side 2 adjustments until side 1 adjustments are correct.
NOTE: Before making side 2, place a small piece of paper, with the words side 2 written
on it, face down under the test pattern.
2. Hold the sheet in front of a strong light source to pass light through the paper to see a side
1 and side 2 comparison. Adjust side 1 or side 2 as necessary.
NOTE: When adjusting the inboard to outboard images from the HCF (Tray 6), negative num-
bers will move the image outboard and positive numbers will move the image inboard.
NOTE: In Table 1, all Descriptions are for Black and White and Color unless otherwise stated.
Check
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Print Test Pattern.
3. Load A3 or 11x17 into tray 1 or 2.
NOTE: If A3 or 11x17 is not available, set the paper guides in the tray to A3 or 11x17.
Load A4 or 8.5x11 with the paper against the tray (feeder end). An error will occur but the
test print will output.
4. Enter 052-1 for tray 1 or 052-2 for tray 2 using the number key pad and press the Start
button.
NOTE: Print Test Pattern routine will auto-select the tray set with A3 or 11x17 paper
regardless of which tray is selected.
5. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern
Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
6. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications of the specified mode (A3 Table 1) (11x17 Table 2).
Table 1 A3 Specification
Item Simplex Duplex MPT
Lead Edge (A) 15 1.3mm 15 1.7mm 15 2.0mm
Side Edge (B) 148.5 1.8mm 148.5 2.2mm 148.5 2.5mm
Initia 760-034 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD 0 33 66 0.363mm
Chain Link Name Min. l Max Increment REGI ADJUSTMENT
Check
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Set Chain-Link Number 749-516 (Image Area) to 0.
4. Specify a tray with paper. Make a black copy with the Platen Cover open.
5. Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm.
Adjustment
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values fall
within the specifications (2mm).
If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases.
4. After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the
Platen Cover open.
5. Repeat the procedure until the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges fall within
the specifications (2mm).
1. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the com-
pletion of the download.
2. Power off the Machine and the PWS.
3. Remove the ESS cover and plug the USB cable into the USB port on the ESS PWB and
to your PWS.
4. Power on the Machine into the Download Mode. (Hold the Power Saver Button down
while powering on the Machine)
5. Power on the PWS.
6. A Device Found window will pop-up on your PWS. Select Cancel on this pop-up.
7. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe)
8. Click on Agree in the License Screen.
9. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following:
Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate.
File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download.
The file should read either: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre machines or
SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The
X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.)
Click on Add once you have found the File name.
Click on Version to check the version of the software you are about to download.
10. Click on Next.
11. In the Firmware Update Tool select USB port.
12. Click Next.
13. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes.
14. The PWS will Transfer the file to the machine in about 3 minutes. Do not unplug the USB
cable until the download is complete.
On the PWS you will see - IIT Finish, ADF Finish, Finisher Finish etc. as the machine
unpacks each piece of the firmware.
On the machine you will see TRANSFERRING as the file is transferred, then PRO-
CESSING, 0-5 progressing to 4-5 as the file is unpacked.
15. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished.
16. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes, exit the program.
17. The Software Download is now complete.
NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted. Lead Edge (A) 10 1.6mm 10 2.0mm 10 2.2mm
Side Edge (B) 5 2.1mm 5 2.5mm 5 3.0mm
Check
1. Register Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen. Make 5
100% copies of the Test Chart on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.
Adjustment
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
2. Measure the Lead Edge and Side Edge of the third copy (Figure 1).
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
3. Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following
NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications.
Side Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.
Lead Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a larger value.
If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value.
NOTE: After performing the IIT side Edge Registration Adjustment, perform the DADF
side Edge Registration Adjustment. (ADJ 15.1.1)
4. After adjustment, place Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen
so that there is no gap between the chart and the Registration Guide at the rear of the
Platen. Make another 100% copy on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B)
fall within the specifications.
Check
1. Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern (82P521 or 82P524).
The tolerance for each Reduce/Enlarge setting in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction
and the Front to Rear direction are listed in the following table.
Table 1 Measurement
Reduce/Enlarge (%) Measurement
65 130 2mm
101 202 2mm
154 154 1.5mm
Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B
for reduction/enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and D for
enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. For 154%, use areas A and E for enlargement
in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and F for enlargement in the Front
to Rear direction. (Figure 1)
Adjustment
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Adjust the distance between the reference points in the copy using the following NVM so
that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart:
Set a larger value.
NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately.
NOTE: Install the tools near the edges (the front tool to the front and the rear tool to the
Figure 2 Taking out the tools (j0st41128) rear).
NOTE: The fixing position of the pulley can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate 7. Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full
Carriage and the rail are not aligned and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 5) Rate Carriage. (Figure 6)
1. Loosen the screws (x2). NOTE: When adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage from the rear side, to it with the
2. Turn the Pulley until the tool hole aligns. rear tool for Half Rate Carriage installed.
3. Align the shaft with the Pulley end face and tighten the screws (x2). 1. Fix the tool.
2. Secure it with a screw.
NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the 8. When adjusting the front position of Full Rate Carriage, move the tool for Half Rate Car-
tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed riage to the front of Full Rate Carriage before doing the adjustment.
in place. (Figure 7) At this time the rear tool for Full Rate Carriage remains installed.
1. Loosen the screw.
2. Move the Full Rate Carriage until the tool hole aligns.
3. Tighten the screw.
For this sequence of checks and adjustments, an original Cross Line Test Pattern with lines Lead
drawn exactly down the center and across in both directions, will need to be created.
Check
DADF Side Edge Registration Side 1
1. To create a Cross Line Test Pattern Original, use a plain white sheet of 8.5x11 paper and
fold the sheet precisely in half lengthwise and width wise. Then with a straight edge draw
a straight line in the lengthwise crease and a straight line in the width wise crease.
Label the top for orientation purposes. (Figure 1)
NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge.
711-272 CVT FS Offset Side 1 Replace All 0 120 240 .06mm Adjustment
711-274 CVT FS Offset Side 2 Replace All 0 120 240 .06mm 1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.
2. Set the following NVM Data for customized registration detection.
NOTE: Fast Scan Direction Max </= Fast Scan Direction Min. Value = 200 (within 20mm)
NOTE: Slow Scan Direction Max </= Slow Scan Direction Min. Value = 200 (within
20mm)
NOTE: In order to prevent incorrect detection by the Size Sensor, the following sizes can-
not be entered.
Fast Scan Direction Max: 2190~2290
Fast Scan Direction Min.: 2810~2910
4. After adjustment is complete, perform the check following the steps in the Check proce-
dure.
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge falls within the specifi-
cations.
Adjustment
1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.
Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass
Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height
Check
1. Place the Test Chart 82E8220 on the Platen Glass.
2. Place 11x17 paper in Tray 1.
3. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode.
a. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab.
b. Under Output Color select Black. Check from the paper
edge to the parallel line at
c. Under the Paper Supply select 11x17 paper size. the 100mm mark and the
d. Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 Sided. 300mm mark
e. Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%.
f. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift
should be Side 1 No Shift. Select Save if necessary.
NOTE: The copy made from the Platen Glass will be used as the original in the DADF.
4. Place the copy made from the Platen Glass into the DADF and make 3 copies.
5. Check that the difference in the distance between the side and the Edges at the 100mm
mark and the 300mm mark in the 3 copies is within 00.5mm. (Figure 1)
HCF
PL 18.1 HCF Unit ............................................................................................................ 5-70
PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2)............................................................................................ 5-71
PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2)............................................................................................ 5-72
PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)........................................................................................... 5-73
PL 18.5 HCF Feeder (2 of 3)........................................................................................... 5-74
PL 18.6 HCF Feeder (3 of 3)........................................................................................... 5-75
PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit .......................................................................................... 5-76
PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail...................................................................................... 5-77
A-Finisher
PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... 5-78
PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of 2) ......................................................................... 5-79
PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 1 of 5)................................................................. 5-80
PL 22.4 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 2 of 5)................................................................. 5-81
PL 22.5 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 3 of 5)................................................................. 5-82
PL 22.6 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 4 of 5)................................................................. 5-83
PL 22.7 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 5 of 5)................................................................. 5-84
PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly...................................................................................... 5-85
PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... 5-86
PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of 2) ....................................................................... 5-87
SB Finisher
PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5)........................................................................... 5-88
PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of 5)......................................................................... 5-89
PL 23.3 H - Transport Assembly (3 of 5)......................................................................... 5-90
PL 23.4 H - Transport Assembly (4 of 5)......................................................................... 5-91
PL 23.5 H - Transport Assembly (5 of 5)......................................................................... 5-92
PL 23.6 Finisher Cover ................................................................................................... 5-93
PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker................................................................................................. 5-94
PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler.................................................................................................. 5-95
PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5)......................................................................................... 5-96
PL 23.10 Finisher Eject (2 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-97
PL 23.11 Finisher Eject (3 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-98
PL 23.12 Finisher Eject (4 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-99
PL 23.13 Finisher Eject (5 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-100
PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder Assembly ......................................................................... 5-101
PL 23.15 Folder Assembly .............................................................................................. 5-102
PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical ............................................................................................ 5-103
PL 23.17 Booklet Cover .................................................................................................. 5-104
PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly................................................................................ 5-105
PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly ...................................................................... 5-106
PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly ....................................................................... 5-107
PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical ............................................................................................. 5-108
Common Hardware
Common Hardware ......................................................................................................... 5-109
Part Number Index .......................................................................................................... 5-119
The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared R/E Reduction/Enlargement
subsystem components. REF: Refer to
SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface
Organization W/ With
Parts Lists W/O Without
Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related
illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same Table 2 Meaning
illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.
Operating Companies
Electrical Connectors and Fasteners Abbreviation Meaning
This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used
AO Americas Operations
in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.
NASG - US North American Solutions Group - US
Common Hardware NASG - North American Solutions Group -
The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify Canada Canada
each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters XE Xerox Europe
unless otherwise identified.
Symbology
Part Number Index
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed
by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found. Service Procedure Referencing
If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number
Other Information will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
Abbreviations
Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide
information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:
Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The
item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts
follow the bracket.
Tag
The notation W/Tag in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been
updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data
for the name and purpose of the modification.
In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the
Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on
which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only
replacement part available is listed as W/Tag, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The
Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.
Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate
number on the Tag matrix.
Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol
The Part Number Index Table has been deleted from the EDOC.
Diagnostics (NVM)
NVM Read/Write ............................................................................................................. 6-7
IOT NVM List................................................................................................................... 6-8
IIT NVM List .................................................................................................................... 6-31
Controller & Fax NVM List............................................................................................... 6-43
Diagnostics (Others)
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data.................................................................................... 6-113
Reading HFSI.................................................................................................................. 6-114
Initialize HFSI Counters .................................................................................................. 6-115
Adjust Tone Up / Down ................................................................................................... 6-119
Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment .................................................................................. 6-120
Initialize NVM .................................................................................................................. 6-121
Component Control ......................................................................................................... 6-123
Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ........................................................................................ 6-134
Test Pattern Print ............................................................................................................ 6-135
Webpage Administrator Password.................................................................................. 6-137
Center Tray Offsetting..................................................................................................... 6-138
E-Mail Icon ...................................................................................................................... 6-138
FAX Output Separation ................................................................................................... 6-139
General Procedures
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP ...................................................................................... 6-141
GP 2 Fax Diagnostics ..................................................................................................... 6-142
GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password................................................................... 6-144
GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs ......................................................................................... 6-145
GP 5 Printing Reports ..................................................................................................... 6-146
GP 6 Special Boot Modes ............................................................................................... 6-147
GP 7 Country Code Setting............................................................................................. 6-148
GP 8 Firmware Version................................................................................................... 6-149
GP 9 Key Operator Log In............................................................................................... 6-150
General Information
Space Requirements....................................................................................................... 6-151
Product Specs. ................................................................................................................ 6-152
Common Tools ................................................................................................................ 6-154
Product Tools and Test Patterns..................................................................................... 6-155
Log Book Storage ........................................................................................................... 6-155
Cleaning Materials .......................................................................................................... 6-156
Machine Consumables.................................................................................................... 6-156
Glossary of Terms........................................................................................................... 6-157
Entering UI Diagnostics
1. At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 6 seconds, then press the Start button
while still pressing the 0 key.
The CE - Passcode screen will appear.
2. Enter the Access Number 6789 and press Confirm.
The colors on the display are reversed to indicate that UI Diagnostics mode is active.
Accessing Diagnostic routines
1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
2. Select the Tools tab on the UI.
3. Under Features column, use the down arrow and scroll to and select Maintenance /
Diagnostics.
1. The following Diagnostics Routines can be accessed from the UI screen. (Figure 1)
a. NVM Read/Write
Follow the instructions on the screen. If one or more NVM locations is changed,
the machine will reboot upon exit.
b. IO Check
c. Sub System
Initialize Hard Disk
Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test
Delete All Data
Software Options
Fax Diagnostics
d. Print Test Pattern
e. Max Setup
f. Initialize NVM
g. Adjustment/Others
Machine ID/Billing Data
Initialize HFSI Counter
Tray 5(Bypass) Guide Adjustment
h. Faults
Figure 1 Maintenance/Diagnostics
Print Contents
Perform following to print Shutdown Report.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
3. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display.
4. Select the Print Reports/List button.
5. Select the Shutdown Report button.
6. Press the Start button to print Shutdown Report.
Table 2 Billing
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-563 Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over 0 0~1 1 Displays whether the number of feeds exceeds 4,000,000. 0: No, 1: Yes
740-564 IOT Starting Number MAX Over 0 0~1 1 Displays whether the IOT Starting Number NVM was written more than 1,000,000 times.
0: No, 1: Yes
740-565 Billing Counter MAX Over 0 0~1 1 Displays whether the Billing Counter Number NVM was written more than 5,000,000
times. 0: No, 1: Yes
Table 3 Drive
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
741-001 Fine-Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed 24 0~53 0.1% Diag50-28 Adjust Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time so that they rotate at the
same speed. Min(0)=-2.7%, Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0%
Table 4 NOHAD
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
741-509 Non-condensation mode - 0~1 1 0: Normal mode 1: Condensation mode
741-510 Condensation Time 0 0~120 1 minute
741-519 ROS Fan Control Temp 24 15~30 1 deg.C Threshold temperature for operating ROS Fan during print
741-520 ROS Fan Off Delay Time 10 6~14 1 sec. Time period during which ROS Fan stops (ROS Motor is off) after print ends
Table 5 PH
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-090 Output Tray 0 0~4 - 0: FACE DOWN TRAY#1, 1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2, 2: FACE UP TRAY, 3: FINISHER
Bin1, 4: FINISHER Top Tray
742-003 Exit SNR1 Short Off Check 0 0~1 - 0: Enable 1: Disable
742-006 TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
742-012 TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP 24 0~66 0.435mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
TIMER
742-015 The Timer which turns OFF TACL 87 37~137 3.0ms Not available
742-018 The Timer which turns ON TACL 11 0~41 3.0ms Not available
742-027 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY 26 0~66 0.2175mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-7.18mm, Max(66)=7.18mm,
Initial(26)=-1.5225mm
742-030 INVERT TIMING - ALL TRAY 33 0~66 0.435mm Invert timing is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-14.96mm,
Max(66)=14.96mm, Initial(33)=0mm
742-031 Exit Gate Solenoid On Time 50 47~53 10 ms
742-032 Exit Gate Solenoid Off Time 0 0~99 10 ms
742-090 Paper Path Sensor (Tray Module) - 0~127 - Bit0: Not available Bit1: Not available Bit2: PREFEED #2 SENSOR Bit3: PREFEED #1
SENSOR Bit4: FEED OUT#4 SENSOR Bit5: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR Bit6: FEED OUT#2
SENSOR Bit7: * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal
precision is 10 ms.
742-091 Paper Path Sensor (HCF / DM / EXIT/ IOT) - 0~127 - Bit0: HCF PREFEED SENSOR Bit1: HCF FEED OUT SENSOR Bit2: DM WAIT SEN-
SOR Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR Bit7: EXIT#1 SENSOR Bit6: REGI SENSOR * The meaning
of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.
Table 6 EXIT
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-544 Low Noise Measure Exit2 1 0~1 - 0: Not supported, 1: Supported
742-098 Enable Face Down Tray#2 0 0~1 - 0: Disable Face Down Tray#2 1: Enable Face Down Tray#2 1 is taken with M0.
742-099 Enable Face Up Tray 0 0~1 - 0: Disable Face Up Tray 1: Enable Face Up Tray
742-100 EXIT2 Unit Type 0 0~1 - 0: Type A (Enable Inverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2) 1: Type B (Enable Inverter and
OCT2 and FDT#2)
764-005 FACE DOWN TRAY#1,#2 Offset Mode 0 0~2 - 0: No Offset 1: Front Offset 2: Rear Offset Applies only when the Output Tray is set to
FACE DOWN TRAY#1 & #2.
Table 7 TRAY
Chain-Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
742-001 Tray1-Default width of Universal-size paper 0 0~247 1mm 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use
Table 8 FUSER
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
744-006 Fuser Standby Lamp ON Temp 45 0~99 1 deg.C Nominal=175 deg.C
744-010 Fuser Standby Lamp OFF Temp 20 0~99 1 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C
744-043 Fuser C1 Ready Temperature-(T-READY) 25 0~70 1 deg.C Nominal=155 deg.C
744-061 Fuser Low Run Temperature-(T42) 15 0~40 1 deg.C Nominal=15 deg.C
744-065 Fuser OHP Run Temperature-(T43) 15 0~40 1 deg.C
744-080 Fuser SSTSctrlExceTM(t13) 30 0~99 1sec Nominal=30sec
744-081 Fuser SSTSctrlExceAppP(M) 10 0~99 1page Nominal=10pages
744-133 Fuser WU STRT T70(ForSB2) 0 0~99 1 deg.C Nominal=80 deg.C
744-134 Fuser Standby 2 On Temp(T71) 60 0~70 1 deg.C Nominal=190 deg.C
744-135 Fuser Standby 2 Off Temp(T72) 41 0~70 1 deg.C Nominal=191 deg.C
744-136 FSR WU STRT T70 (From V113700) 59 0~80 1 deg.C Nominal=59 deg.C
744-180 Fuser Flicker Lamp On TM 7 0~99 1.5ms Nominal=10.5 ms
744-181 Fuser Flicker Lamp Off TM 13 0~99 1.5ms Nominal=19.5 ms
744-182 Fuser Lamp Change t8 15 0~99 40ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Precycle, Cycle) 600ms
744-183 Fuser Lamp Change t9 30 0~99 40ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Stby) 1200ms
744-184 Fuser Lamp Change t10 12 0~99 40ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Warm Up) 480ms
744-220 Fuser Reset FuserOverTemp 0 0~99 - 0: Reset, 1: FS1 Detected over temp, 2: FS2 Detected over temp, 3: ON time fail, 5: Cold
Sagging fail, 7: PR temperature rising fail (only reset is possible in the diagnostics mode),
8: On time fail (detects anomalous high temperature)
744-301 Fuser Very Low Tmp T80 15 0~30 1 deg.C Nominal=15 deg.C
744-302 Fuser Very Low Tmp T81 10 0~30 1 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C
744-303 Fuser Very Low Tmp T82 0 0~20 1 deg.C Nominal=190 deg.C
744-304 Fuser Very Low Tmp T83 15 0~35 1 deg.C Nominal=175 deg.C
744-305 Fuser Very Low Tmp TR2 30 0~40 1 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C
744-306 Fuser Very Low Tmp tP2 10 0~99 1sec Nominal=10sec
744-932 U4_2_CHK_FLG 0 0~1 U4-2 confirmation function. 0: Enable, 1: Disable
744-933 U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE 0 0~99 FSR_State when System stops for high temperature detection
744-934 U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE_OLD 0 0~99 FSR_State immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-935 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP 0 0~99 FS1_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection
744-935 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP 0 0~99
Table 9 ROS
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
749-001 ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-002 TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-003 TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-004 TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-005 TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-006 HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-007 MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-009 DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-010 DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-011 DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-012 DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-013 DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-014 DUP HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-015 DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-505 ROS Beam Position LD2 10 0~20 1 Not available
749-516 IMAGE AREA 0 0~1 - 0: NORMAL IMAGE AREA 1: WIDE IMAGE AREA
749-522 END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT 50 0~99 0.363mm Not available
749-523 SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 8 0~16 0.254mm Nominal=2.032mm
749-524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 9 0~18 0.217mm Nominal=1.953mm
749-527 END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 9 0~18 0.217mm Nominal=1.953mm
Table 10 Procon
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-529 SL_CRU/LL_CRU Selection for Third Party Con- 0 0~99 - 0: SL (standard life) Drum CRU, 1: LL (long life) Drum CRU
sumables
751-005 Toner Empty on Toner Cartridge (for CRUM Read) 0 0~1 - 0: Toner Cartridge is not empty 1: Toner Cartridge is empty
751-012 Enable Drum Life Adjust 1 0~1 1 1: Perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value)
0: Do not perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value)
751-709 Toner Refill History in Customer Mode A 0 0~99 1
752-003 ATC OUT First 2Dig 3 00~19 1
752-003 ATC OUT Last 2Dig 70 00~99 1 Not available
752-006 ATC Target First 2Dig - 00~19 1
752-006 ATC Target Last 2Dig - 0~99 1 Not available
752-007 Result of ATC Check - 0~4 0=Low, 1=Normal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal end
752-503 Humidity Sensor Judge - 0~1 1 Not available
752-504 Temperature Sensor Judge - 0~1 1 Not available
752-509 Toner Empty 0 0~1 1 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal
752-523 Current Humidity (%) - 0~99 1 Not available
752-541 Current Temperature [deg.C] - 0~99 1 Not available
752-725 First 2Digits of LD2 - 00~19 1
752-725 Last 2Digits of LD2 - 00~99 1 Not available
752-747 Barcode LD_Ref 77 0~99 1 Default value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD
752-747 Barcode LD_Ref 0 0~2 1
752-748 Barcode LD_H 78 0~99 1 Maximum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD
752-748 Barcode LD_H 0 0~2 1
752-749 Barcode LD_L 76 0~99 1 Minimum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD
752-749 Barcode LD_L 0 0~2 1
752-756 Barcode_Switch 0 0~2 1 Barcode LD operating mode:
0: follows mode selected by the controller
1: forced ON
2: forced OFF
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
Last Two Digits permitted.
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
Middle Two Digits (2) permitted.
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
Middle Two Digits (1) permitted.
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
First Two Digits permitted.
752-844 Level of Remaining Drum Life Amount 100 0~100 1%
Table 11 XERO
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-560 Print Volume Setting for Forced Drum Reverse 0 0~10 50 sheets
749-016 Pre-Exposure Control 0 0~254 1 kHz 0: Off (Always) 254: On (Always) 1~253: On (Drum Cycle mode change) For 1~253 pre-
exposure (Drum Cycle mode change), 1 count is equivalent to 1 Kcycle. The recom-
mended value is 122 (Kcycle).
Table 12 CRU
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 1st & 2nd digits 0 0~255 1
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 3rd & 4th digits 0 0~255 1
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 5th & 6th digits 0 0~255 1
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 7th & 8th digits 0 0~255 1
751-003 Return Normal CRU MODE 0 0~1 - Return to Normal CRU MODE
751-009 Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle 40 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warn-
ing. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life
Warning can be entered.)
751-010 Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle 12 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning.
(Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life Pre-
Warning can be entered.)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 0 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 0th byte)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 1 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 1st byte)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 2 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 2nd byte)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 3 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 3rd byte)
751-042 Toner Filling 0 - 0~255 - TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 0th byte)
751-043 Toner Filling 1 - 0~255 - TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 1st byte)
751-044 Toner Capacity - 0~255 - TONER: The capacity of the toner bottle
751-089 Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle (for LL) 40 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warn-
ing. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life
Warning can be entered.)
751-090 Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle (for LL) 12 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning.
(Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life Pre-
Warning can be entered.)
751-503 Custom Mode 0 0~2 Sets the accuracy of the Drum/Toner life misdetection prevention function.
0: Custom Mode normal
1: Invalid (operates as in custom mode normal)
2: Custom Mode A (Toner can be refilled)
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-600 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 1, 2 Digit - 0~99 Finisher Software Major Version.
763-600 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 3, 4 Digit - 0~99
763-600 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 5, 6 Digit - 0~6
763-601 Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 1, 2 Digit - 0~99 Finisher Software Minor Version.
763-601 Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 3, 4 Digit - 0~99
763-601 Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 5, 6 Digit - 0~6
763-602 Ex_Finisher_Local_Version - 0~255 Finisher Software Local Version.
763-603 Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 1, 2 Digit - 0~99 Finisher Software Patch Version.
763-603 Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 3, 4 Digit - 0~99
763-603 Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 5, 6 Digit - 0~6
763-605 NVM_Puncher_Type 0 0~6 Type of Puncher installed.
0: None, 1: 2 holes, 2: 3 holes, 3: 2/3 holes, 5: 2/4 holes, 6: Swd 4 holes.
763-608 NVM_Buffer_Request 0 0~1 Buffer operation request. 0: Request, 1: Do not request.
763-610 NVM_Add_Pitch_Sheet 0 0~255 Maximum volume of stapled paper that can be compiled.
763-611 NVM_Add_Pitch_Set 0 0~255 Maximum volume of small-sized and Unstapled paper that can be compiled.
763-613 Diag_Fault_Clear_Check_Enble 0 0~1 Static jam detection in diagnostic mode.
0: FaultClear is detected in diagnostic mode.
1: FaultClear is not detected in diagnostic mode.
763-616 NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 63 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).
763-617 NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 50 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).
763-618 NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 50 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple/dual staple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).
763-619 NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 50 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple/dual staple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).
763-620 NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 116 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper
(paper length = or < 216 mm).
763-621 NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 63 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper
(paper length > 216 mm).
763-622 NVM_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_Limit 26 1~28 Mix full stack positional Encoder limitation.
763-623 NVM_Mixsize_Full_Check_Enable 1 0~1 Mix size stack after mix stack position is detected.
0: Not prohibited, 1: Prohibited
763-624 Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Sm 5 2~50 Number of sheets of small-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set.
all
763-625 Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Big 25 2~50 Number of sheets of large-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set.
763-626 NVM_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size 100 1~255 Maximum number of copies of small-sized paper allowed in the Stacker in single staple
mode or unstaple and single staple mode.
763-627 NVM_Large_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size 75 1~255 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for large size paper (paper
length > 216 mm).
Table 14 Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
764-100 Mix Stack Enable/Disable 0 0~1 - 0: Enable (mix size stack is detected)
1: Disable (mix size stack is not detected)
764-101 Maximum Set Count 50 0~100 - Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Finisher)
764-102 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple 50 0~100 - Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled
764-103 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Big 25 10~100 - Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled
paper size
764-104 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/ 50 10~100 - Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled
Small paper size
764-112 Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate 0 0~1 - Not available
764-120 Maximum Set Count(A-fin) 30 30~300 Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Fin)
764-121 Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Big) 30 10~50 Maximum volume of large-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length
is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)
764-122 Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Small) 50 10~70 Maximum volume of small-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length
is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)
764-123 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Big) 1 1~25 Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled.
(Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)
Table 15 HFSI
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
954-800 Tray1 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
Table 1 DADF
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
710-501 Fax Document Size Detection Method for DADF 0 0~1 Switches detection methods when Fax Document Size Detection is specified in DADF mode. 0: A/B
series, 1: Inch series
710-551 JAM Bypass 0 0~1 0: Do not bypass, 1: Bypass. Also applies to CVT mode.
710-556 8.5x11 LEF Threshold 2093 1993~2193 Threshold value for distinguishing 8.5x11 LEF from 8x10 LEF
710-557 B5 SEF/8x10 SEF Switching 0 0~1 0: B5 SEF (FX/XE/AP), 1: 8x10 SEF (XC)
710-558 11x15 SEF/8-k Switching (for AP market) 0 0~1 0: 11x15 SEF, 1: 8 k
710-559 FS MAX Value 2970 1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-560 FS MIN Value 2970 1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-561 SS MAX Value 2100 1297~4418 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-562 SS MIN Value 2100 1297~4418 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-563 Document Size 8 3~20 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-564 Document Process Direction 0 0~1 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-565 DADF Document Size Detection Table 0 0~1 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-566 Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of S-sized 250 217~283 Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of S-sized documents. (Unit = step.) S-sized paper with
documents a length between 131.7mm and 158.0mm in the slow scan direction.
710-567 Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of M-sized 250 217~283 Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of M-sized documents. (Unit = step.) M-sized paper with
documents a length between 158.1mm and 245.9mm in the slow scan direction.
710-568 Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of L-sized 250 217~283 Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of L-sized documents. (Unit = step.) L-sized paper with
documents a length between 246.0mm and 460.0mm in the slow scan direction.
710-600 Size Mismatch Jam Detection Setting (Applicable 1 1~2 1: Size Mismatch Jam Detection On 2: Size Mismatch Jam Detection Off
only in Simplex mode)
710-601 Alternate Size Set 1 1 1~2 PF1: Switches between 8.5x13 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 13
1: 8.5x13 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF
710-602 Alternate Size Set 2 1 1~2 PF1: Switches between 8.5x14 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 14
1: 8.5x14 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF
710-603 Alternate Size Set3 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0:
Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S PF2: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/
Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S
710-604 Alternate Size Set4 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between 8.46x12.4S, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1:
8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S PF2: Switches between 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial
value: 2,0: Default,1: 8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S
710-605 Alternate Size Set5 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between BS5 and 16KS. No-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5S,2: 16KS PF2: Switches
between B5S and 16KS. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm 0: Default,1: B5S, 2: 16KS
710-606 Alternate Size Set6 0 0~3 PF1: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1:
8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix:
Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S
710-607 Alternate Size Set7 0 0~3 PF1: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1:
8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L PF2: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/
Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L
710-608 Alternate Size Set8 0 0~3 PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS, 11x15S and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B4S,2: 8KS 3:
11x15S 4: 11x17S PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1:
B4S,2: 8KS 3: 11x17S PF2 setting range is 0~3.
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-017 IIT Fail Bypass 0 0~1 0: Fail Bypass Off, 1: Fail Bypass On
715-018 Fan Control Mode 0 0~1 0: Normal, 1: Extended mode
715-020 Number of APS 1 0~1 0: 1 APS, 1: 2 APS
715-022 Lamp Fan Fail Bypass 0 0~1 On/Off of Lamp Fan Fail Detection. 0: On, 1: Off
715-023 Lamp Fan On Time (Low Rotation) 15 0~60 Time period to operate Lamp Fan at low rotation (value can be set in 1-minute increments)
715-024 Lamp Fan Off Time 0 0~60 Time period during which Lamp Fan stops (value can be set in 1-minute increments)
715-025 FL Timer Set 0 0~1 0: Standard FL Timer settings (30min rest/0.5sec On), 1: Condensation mode setting (Diag 715-
026, 715-027 timer settings apply)
715-026 Lamp ON Interval 30 1~60 Interval setting (time between Lamp OFF and Lamp ON again) (unit: min.)
715-027 Lamp ON Time 1 1~60 Lamp ON time setting (unit: sec.)
715-030 IIT Failure Part Diagnosis 0 0-65535 By writing 1, diagnosis for IIT failed part starts. The numbers of failed parts that are predicted to read
this NVM are displayed after the failed parts diagnosis ends. When Fail occurs during the failed
parts diagnosis, Fail code is recorded in this NVM and the failed parts diagnosis ends. Even when 1
is entered, the value is not actually written. When values other than 1 are entered, the values are
invalid.
715-050 Platen SS Registration Adjustment 100 16~184 Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/increment), Factory Settings
715-051 Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 50 44~56 Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.1%/increment), Factory Settings
715-052 Platen Glass Type 2 0~2 0: Platen model, 1: Belt DADF, 2: CVT, Factory Settings
715-053 Platen PRadjF 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (Dot), VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF-120)x2, Factory Set-
tings
715-056 CVT FS Offset Side1-1 (139.7-148) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-057 CVT FS Offset Rear Side2-1 (139.7~148) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-058 CVT FS Offset Side1-2 (182-194) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-059 CVT FS Offset Side2-2 (182-194) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-060 CVT FS Offset Side1-3 (203.2) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-061 CVT FS Offset Side2-3 (203.2) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-062 CVT FS Offset Side1-4 (210) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-063 CVT FS Offset Side2-4 (210) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-006 Configuration - 1~15 P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the fol-
lowing logic. P: 01, F: 02, C 04, S: 08. To differentiate between SP and MF-CSP, SP is allo-
cated 0x09.
700-061 Fax Card Available - -2~0 0: Normal, -1: Error, -2: Not installed
700-064 Fax Card Available for Ch0 0=None 0~1 0=None, 1=Available (Implemented on Host. Only automatic detection is necessary for Fax
card.)
700-071 USB User Buffer Size 64KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-073 Page Memory Size - 64~256 bytes (Auto Set)
700-075 ART User Buffer Size 32KB 32~2048 [32KB~2048KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-076 PostScript Buffer Size 24MB (24x1024) 16~96 [16MB~96MB] (0.25MB increments) Unit: Kbyte (Valid when PS option is available)
700-078 Form Buffer Size 128KB 128~2048 [128KB~2048KB] Unit: Kbyte
700-080 HPGL/Auto Layout Buffer Size 64KB 64~5120 [64KB~5120KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-081 Parallel Buffer Size 64KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-082 Port9100 Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-083 Lpd Buffer Size 1024KB 1024~2048 [1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-084 NetWare Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-085 AppleTalk Buffer Size 1024KB 1024~2048 [1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-086 SMB Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-087 IPP Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-089 HDD Status - -2~0 [0: Installed, -1: Failed, -2: Not installed] (Auto Detect)
700-100 Forced Warmup Function Enable 0 0~1 0: Cannot be set, 1: Can be set
700-109 Forced Warmup Mode 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-110 Forced Warmup Time (Hour) 23 0~23 0 to 23 (Hour)
700-111 Forced Warmup Time (Minute) 59 0~59 0 to 59 (Minute)
Table 7 IOT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
780-013 Tray1 Paper Type 1 1~255 1: STATIONERY, 2: TRANSPARENCY, 3: ENVELOPE, 4: ENVELOPE_PLAIN, 5:
ENVELOPE_WINDOW, 6: LABEL, 7: FORM, 8:COATING1, 9: TRACABLE, 10: THICK1,
11:THICK1_REV, 12: THICK2, 13: THICK2_REV, 14: RECYCLED, 15:
CONTINUOUS_LONG, 16: CONTINUOUS_SHORT, 17: TAB_STOCK, 18: MULTI_LAYER,
19: OPAQUE_FILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: THIN, 22: FINE, 23: USER1, 24: USER2, 25:
USER3, 26: USER4, 27: USER5, 28: OTHER, 29: WRAPPINGPAPER, 30: EXLUSTERPA-
PER, 31: COATING2, 32: COATING1_REV, 33: COATING2_REV, 34: THICK1_FINISHER,
35: COATING1_FINISHER, 36: THICK1_A, 37: THICK1_B, 38: THICK1_C, 39: THICK1_S,
40: THICK2_A, 41: THICK2_B, 42: THICK2_C, 43: THICK2_D, 44: THICK2_S, 45:
THICK1_FINISHER_A, 46: THICK1_FINISHER_B, 47: THICK1_FINISHER_C, 48:
THICK1_FINISHER_S, 49: HAGAKI, 50: HAGAKI_REV, 51: STATIONARY_REV, 52:
FINE_REV, 53: RECYCLED_REV, 54: SPECIAL, 55: SPECIAL_REV 56: USED, 57:
PREPUNCHED, 58: TAB_THICK1, 59: TAB_THICK2.
780-014 Tray2 Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-015 Tray3 Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-016 Tray4 Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-018 SMH Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-019 Custom Paper Name 1 NULL ASCII numerals, symbols Max. 24 characters (M/N)
780-020 Custom Paper Name 2 NULL Same as above
780-021 Custom Paper Name 3 NULL Same as above
780-022 Custom Paper Name 4 NULL Same as above
780-023 Custom Paper Name 5 NULL Same as above
780-024 IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect for Print 0 0~1 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform
Job
780-025 Image Quality Control Category: Height 0~60 -
780-026 Image Quality Control Category: Plain 0~60 -
Paper
780-027 Image Quality Control Category: Recycle 0~60 -
Paper
780-028 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 1
780-029 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 2
780-030 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 3
780-031 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 4
780-032 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 5
780-033 Image Quality Control Category: Heavy- 0~60 -
weight Paper 1
Table 8 IIT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
785-003 Image Processing Method of FAX Photo Error Diffusion 0~1 0: Error Diffusion (1bit, ED), 1: Dither
Chain 790-xxx UI
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-001 Start Up Display Setting 0 0~2 0: Settings List, 1: Job Management, 2: Machine Information
790-002 Function Set Display Setting 1 (DC) 0~255 0: Menu, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to
0 (MF/P) Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print),
15: Media Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS
790-003 FAX Broadcast / Multi-Poll Display 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-005 Ad Hoc Address Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit
790-019 Pause Print Job Cancel Timer (By Con- 15 1~59 1 to 59 seconds
nected Accessory)
790-050 Preset Tray 1 in Copy 1 0~255 0: None (not in use) 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6
(HCF1), 7: Tray 7 (HCF2)
790-051 Preset Tray 2 in Copy 2 0~255 Same as above
790-052 Preset Tray 3 in Copy 5 0~255 Same as above
790-056 EWB - Web Access v2.0 0 0~1 0: Do not operate in old version (v2.0), 1: Operate
790-057 EWB - Access Permission 0 0~1 0: Cannot access general websites, 1: Can access general websites
790-058 EWB - Init Cookie 0 0~1 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform
790-059 EWB - Init Cache 0 0~1 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform
790-060 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy R/E Preset 2 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 3 0~12 0: None 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12
(XC) R/E Preset 4 (XE): 3
790-061 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy R/E Preset 7 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 5 12 Same as above
(XC) R/E Preset 6 (XE): 5
790-063 EWB - Java Script 1 0~1 0: Do not use Java Script, 1: Use Java Script
790-064 EWB - Cache 1 0~1 0: Do not use cache, 1: Use cache
790-065 EWB - Verify Cache 0 0~3 0: Check automatically, 1: Check each time when displaying a page, 2: Check only
once after the initiation when displaying a page, 3: Do not check
790-066 EWB - Verify Cookie 2 0~2 0: Disable cookie (Do not use cookie), 1: Enable cookie (Use cookie), 2: Check data
saving each time cookie is received
790-067 EWB - TLS 1.0 1 0~1 0: Do not use TLS 1.0, 1: Use TLS 1.0
790-068 EWB - SSL 2.0 1 0~1 0: Do not use SSL 2.0, 1: Use SSL 2.0
790-069 EWB - SSL 3.0 1 0~1 0: Do not use SSL 3.0, 1: Use SSL 3.0
Table 14 EP-SV
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
850-001 Availability of EP-SV & EP Goods 0=No 0~1 [0=No, 1=Yes]
850-002 Availability of Telephone Line 0=No 0~1 [0=No, 1=Yes]
850-003 EP Data Dispatch Type 0=Send to the EP-SV 0~2 [0=Send to the EP-SV, 1=Send to the EP-DX, 2=Send to both]
850-004 Display Time of Bundle 0=Prohibit 0~1 [0=Prohibit, 1=Process]
850-007 Type of EP Goods - 0~12 Refer to Common EP Accessories.
850-009 Print Control Function 0=Do not control 0~1 [0=Do not control, 1=Control]
850-010 Interrupt Operation When Countdown Type 1=Interrupt Off 0~1 [0=Interrupt On, 1=Interrupt Off]
is Connected
850-011 CRU Life Notice Enable in EP-SV 0=Prohibit 0~1 [0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]
850-012 CRU Warning Notice Enable in EP-SV 0=Prohibit 0~1 [0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]
850-014 ICCG-H WakeUp Reentry Timer 0 0~9 0 to 9. 0: Do not make retry of WakeUp command (Timeout after 10 seconds),
1~9: Wait for specified time (minutes)
850-015 Accessory Control Enable in Scan & FAX 0=Do not control 0~1 [0=Do not control, 1=Control]
850-016 Disable Control at Countdown Accessory 0=Cancel job (Cancel) 0~2 [0=Cancel job (Cancel), 1=Pause job, 2=Abort or suspend, depending on the status]
Table 15 EP-DX
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
860-011 Remote Center Call Function Enable 1 0~1 0: Off 1: On
860-012 Alert Send Function Enable 0 0~1 0: Off 1: On
860-032 CRU Exchange Frequency 0 0~0xFFFFFFFF
Table 16 Diag
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
870-010 XERO:CRU #1 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-011 XERO:CRU #2 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-012 XERO:CRU #3 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-013 XERO:CRU #4 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-014 XERO:#1CRU WARNING previous value - [0~99999999]
870-015 XERO:#1DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-016 XERO:#2DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-017 XERO:#3DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-018 XERO:#4DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-019 XERO:#1DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-020 XERO:#2DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-021 XERO:#3DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-022 XERO:#4DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-023 XERO:#1DRUM AC CYCLE previous value - [0~99999999]
870-024 XERO:#2DRUM AC CYCLE previous value - [0~99999999]
Procedure
For access from customer UI go to Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI below.
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select the Maintenance / Diagnostic tab.
3. Select Adjustment/Others.
4. Select Machine ID/Billing Data.
NOTE: Serial Numbers, the Product Number, and Billing Data is displayed for IOT, Sys1,
and Sys2.
NOTE: When exiting the Diagnostics Mode after viewing the Billing Information, the
machine will reboot.
CAUTION
Failure to perform GP 1 if the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB or ESS PWB EPROM is
replaced could result in NVM corruption and disabling the machine. Refer to REP 9.2.1 MCU
PWB EPROM or REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB or REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM before installing a new
MCU PWB EPROM, ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM.
NOTE: GP 1 procedure is used to serialize components and load billing data on the MCU PWB
EPROM, or ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM.
NOTE: Machine Serial Number Plate is located on side frame below rear yellow Fuser mount-
ing screw.
NOTE: Machine Serial Number and Current Meter Reading are displayed.
Read status of all HFSI items. 955-830 DADF Stamp Sole- - FX, FXAP only.
noid
Procedure
Perform following to read the HFSI Items.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select the Maintenance / Diagnostics tab.
3. Select Adjustment / Others.
4. Select HFSI Counter.
5. Refer to Table 1 to identify the components on the HFSI Report.
6. Enter the counter Chain Link from Table 1.
7. Select Confirm.
8. Compare the Current Value with Replacement Life.
Reset
only
954-801 Tray 2 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-802 Tray 3 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-803 Tray 4 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-805 MPT Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad.
954-807 Fuser 175K Replace the Fuser.
954-808 Bias Transfer Roll 300K Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.
956-802 IIT Scan - No action required - counter only. (Max count
value = 6000 k times.)
956-803 Lamp On Time - No action required - count after HFSI Counter
Clear. (Max count value = 7200 k seconds)
956-804 Lamp On Count - No action required - count after HFSI Counter
Clear. (Max count value = 6000 k times)
955-806 Document Feed - No action required - counter only.
955-807 Simplex Document - No action required - counter only.
Feed
955-808 Duplex Document - No action required - counter only.
Feed
956-808 Platen Open Count - No action required - counter only. (Platen
models.) (Max count value = 1000 k times.)
955-810 DADF Platen Open - No action required - counter only. (DADF models)
Count
955-829 Invert Solenoid ON - No action required - counter only.
Count
Reading and resetting HFSI NOTE: Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed. The HFSI Counter is reset.
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. HFSI
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3. Select Max Setup.
4. Select Tone Up / Down.
5. Select Adjust Toner Density.
6. Adjust Up or Down.
7. Press the Start Button.
8. Select Close.
To check that size detection of the MPT Guide width detection is properly performed.
To set the sensor output values for the maximum and minimum positions for the MPT
Guide using NVM.
To display the detected size in the width direction of the MPT Guide.
Procedure
1. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics UI Diagnostic Mode.
2. Select Adjustment/Others.
3. Select Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment.
4. Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the minimum position.
5. Select Minimum Size Position, then press the Start button.
6. Result appears in Result column.
When OK: The minimum position is set by the NVM.
When NG: Repeat the procedure.
7. Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the maximum position.
8. Select Maximum Position then press the Start button.
9. Result appears in Result column.
When OK: Set the value of the maximum position by the NVM.
When NG: Repeat the procedure.
10. Select Close].
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. Chain - Link 753 - 003, 008, 009, 612, 619, 645, 705, 716, 717, 724
through 726, 729, 731
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Chain - Link 760 - 001 through 003, 005 through 012, 016 through
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
029, 031 through 040
3. Select Initialize NVM.
Chain - Link 764 - 001, 002, 005, 100 through 104, 112
4. Select the desired item, then press the Start button.
IIT/IPS The following NVM locations will be initialized:
Chain - Link 710 - 501, 550, 551, 554 through 568, 600 through 612
Chain - Link 715 - 013, 017, 018, 023 through027, 050 through 096,
102 through 108, 110 through 113, 201, 241 through 244, 280 through
293, 299 through 311, 344 through 349, 362, 363, 418, 550 through
555, 560, 600 through 622, 630 through 649, 660 through 664, 668,
669, 680 through 691, 702 through 705, 720 through 726, 780 through
791
Chain - Link 716 - 001 through 030, 032, 033, 035, 037 through 047,
050 through 064, 070 through 081, 100 through 102, 110, 112, 113,
120 through 122, 126 through 128
Chain - Link 717 - 001 through 015
NOTE: Refer to Table 1, Table 2 for a list of all Input Components listed by Chain/Link ID num-
ber. Refer to Table 2, Table 4 for a list of all Output Components listed by Chain/Link ID num-
ber.
Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3. Select IO Checks.
4. Select Component Control.
5. Input Chain-Link number, then press Start button.
In case of INPUT Component:
Indicates current status in Status column.
Count up (+1) when switching. (High to Low, Low to High)
In case of OUTPUT Component:
Activates component
6. Press Stop button after confirming.
005-026 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed1) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-027~005-036 Not Available
005-027 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed2) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026 Not Available
005-028~005-036
Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Sub System.
3. Select Initialize Hard Disk and select Partition A.
4. Press the Start button and select Yes.
5. When Partition A has been initialized is displayed, select Confirm.
NOTE: (*1): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Led-
ger are both supported sizes)
Prints only from the specified tray. (ATS and APS are not processed.)
If there was an invalid print specification in 1, an error occurs.
Prints in the paper size of the selected tray. (Print areas outside the paper size will not be
printed)
If the Finisher is installed, No Paper Run cannot be processed. No Paper Run is con- trolled by dummy 8.5x11LEF timing regardless of whether there is paper or paper size.
Procedure Procedure
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available. is available.
1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number 1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Enter. keypad and select Enter.
2. Select the Tools tab. 2. Select the Tools tab.
3. Select System Settings. 3. Select System Settings.
4. Select Common Service Settings from the Group list. 4. Select Network Settings under the Group list.
5. Select Other Settings under the Features list. 5. Select Port Settings under the Features List.
6. Select Offset Stacking and select Change Setting. 6. Select down arrow and scroll to Send E-mail.
7. Select Offset per Set. 7. Select Send E-mail and select Change Setting, twice.
8. Select Save. 8. Select Enabled and select Save.
9. Select Close. 9. Select Close.
10. Press the Features button. 10. Select Close again.
11. Press the Features button.
Procedure
If colored paper is available, load colored paper in Tray 1 SEF.
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available.
1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Enter.
2. Select the Tools tab.
3. Select System Settings.
4. Select Common Settings on the Group list.
5. Select Paper Tray Settings on the Features list.
6. Select Paper Type Priority.
7. Select Custom Paper 1.
8. Select Change Setting and select Second.
9. Select Save.
10. Select Close.
11. Select Paper Tray Attributes.
12. Select 1. Tray 1 and select Change Settings.
13. Use custom paper.
14. Select Confirm.
15. Press the Features button.
This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic 014 Tonal Signal Output 1300Hz
Mode. 015 Tonal Signal Output 1650Hz
016 Tonal Signal Output 1850Hz
Procedure 017 Tonal Signal Output 2100Hz
To Access Fax Diagnostics: 019 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 1
1. Enter UI Diagnostics. 020 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 2
2. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel 021 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 3
3. On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Maintenance/ 022 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 4
Diagnostics.
023 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 5
4. Select Sub System.
024 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 6
5. Select Fax Diagnostics.
025 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 7
There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signals Sending Test and the Relay On/Off Test
026 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 8
This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal. 028 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 0
029 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone *
To run this test: 030 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone #
1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test. 031 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone A
2. Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional 032 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone B
additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only). 033 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone C
3. Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for 034 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone D
the list of signal numbers.
035 V.21 (H) Signal Output HDLC Flag
4. An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies
036 V.27ter Signal Output 2400 bps (HDLC Flag)
communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the FMO PWB, from the
FMO to the FCB PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the specific 037 V.27ter Signal Output 4800 bps (HDLC Flag)
signal being tested. 038 V.29 Signal Output 7200 bps (HDLC Flag)
If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. 039 V.29 Signal Output 9600 bps (HDLC Flag)
5. To stop the test, select Cancel Sending. 040 V.17 Signal Output 7200 bps (HDLC Flag)
Relay On/Off Test 041 V.17 Signal Output 9600 bps (HDLC Flag)
This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU. 042 V.17 Signal Output 12000 bps (HDLC Flag)
043 V.17 Signal Output 14400 bps (HDLC Flag)
To run this test: 080 V.8 Signal Output ANSam
1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off Test. 081 V.8 Signal Output CM
2. Select the Line Number and select Relay On. 082 V.8 Signal Output JM
If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line. 083 V.8 Signal Output INFOc
3. To stop the test, select Relay Off. 084 V.8 Signal Output INFOa
085 V.8 Signal Output PPh+ALT
096 V.34 Signal Output 2400/2400 (HDLC Flag)
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers
097 V.34 Signal Output 4800/2400 (HDLC Flag)
Signal No. Output Description
098 V.34 Signal Output 7200/2400 (HDLC Flag)
011 Tonal Signal Output 462Hz 099 V.34 Signal Output 9600/2400 (HDLC Flag)
012 Tonal Signal Output 1080Hz 100 V.34 Signal Output 12000/2400 (HDLC Flag)
013 Tonal Signal Output 1100Hz 101 V.34 Signal Output 14400/2400 (HDLC Flag)
Procedure
1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.
2. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel
3. Select System Settings.
4. Select Common Settings.
5. Select Diagnostics.
6. Select NVM Read/Write.
7. Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You
can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111)
and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.
Procedure
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at
once. If any of the following billing data PWBs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME
according to this procedure:
ESS PWB.
MCU NVM PWB.
Ensure that the correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB
replacement. Print the System Settings List (GP 5), and compare the ROM values to the table
in the software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD.
1. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
2. Select Adjustment/Others.
3. Select Machine ID/Billing Data.
4. Select the PWB that has not been replaced.
5. Enter the Serial Number and push Confirm button twice.
NOTE: If any of the following conditions exist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the
NTS:
The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate.
Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number.
The displayed numbers are all different.
6. The Set Serial Number button will become active. Click the button. A series of pop-up
windows will open. Follow the instructions on the screen to synchronize the serial num-
bers.
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at
once. Replacing all three PWBs at once will cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB
needs replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the orig-
inal PWB and re-enter the serial number (if necessary) before attempting to replace a different
PWB.
7. If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.
Procedure
Some boot-up failures, as well as some uncertain fault codes, may be caused by software cor-
ruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is some-
times possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process.
CAUTION
There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to
bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they
should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these proce-
dures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a spe-
cific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series,
perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved.
Log Initialization
This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
Spool Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
HDD Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes the IOT HDD,
and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.
Procedure
Customer setting data:
NOTE: Page 1 of the report will list Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM,
Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM
NOTE: Obtaining the Firmware Level for the Duplex Module, the Exit Module and the TTM
(Tandem Tray Module) requires reading two NVM locations, adding a decimal point behind the
first read, adding a leading zero if the second read is a single digit, and combining the second
read behind the decimal point to formulate a Firmware Level.
Procedure
1. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.
2. Enter 11111 using the number keypad.
NOTE: 11111 is default password. The key operator may have changed the password.
If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter an Authentication
password. The default Authentication password is xadmin.
NOTE: If the password is changed, and is not available, the current password is stored in
NVM Read/Write [700-171].
HCF
Front
Figure 2 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF (j0st61003)
A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special non-
volatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each
tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made.
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below.
7 Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................ 7-17
7 Wirenets
IOT Wirenets ................................................................................................................... 7-43
HCF Wirenets.................................................................................................................. 7-58
A-Finisher Wirenets......................................................................................................... 7-61
SB-Finisher Wirenets ...................................................................................................... 7-64
7 BSDs
Chain 1 Standby Power .................................................................................................. 7-67
Chain 2 User Interface .................................................................................................... 7-71
Chain 3 Machine Run Control ......................................................................................... 7-75
Chain 4 Start Print Power................................................................................................ 7-84
Chain 5 Document Transportation .................................................................................. 7-85
Chain 6 Imaging .............................................................................................................. 7-91
Chain 7 Paper Supply ..................................................................................................... 7-96
Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation......................................................................... 7-111
Chain 9 Xerographics...................................................................................................... 7-120
Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing ..................................................................... 7-124
Chain 12 Finishing .......................................................................................................... 7-131
Chain 16 ESS.................................................................................................................. 7-157
Chain 17 FAX.................................................................................................................. 7-158
NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors.